]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Update --info-scripts documentation
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Snapshot Files::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * verbose::
164 * interactive::
165
166 The Three Option Styles
167
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172
173 All @command{tar} Options
174
175 * Operation Summary::
176 * Option Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
178
179 @GNUTAR{} Operations
180
181 * Basic tar::
182 * Advanced tar::
183 * create options::
184 * extract options::
185 * backup::
186 * Applications::
187 * looking ahead::
188
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
190
191 * Operations::
192 * append::
193 * update::
194 * concatenate::
195 * delete::
196 * compare::
197
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
201 * multiple::
202
203 Updating an Archive
204
205 * how to update::
206
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
208
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
210
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216
217 Options to Help Read Archives
218
219 * read full records::
220 * Ignore Zeros::
221
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
226 * Keep Old Files::
227 * Keep Newer Files::
228 * Unlink First::
229 * Recursive Unlink::
230 * Data Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
233 * remove files::
234
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 * Starting File::
238 * Same Order::
239
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing File System Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
343
344 GNU tar internals and development
345
346 * Genfile::
347 * Snapshot Files::
348
349 Copying This Manual
350
351 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
352
353 @end detailmenu
354 @end menu
355
356 @node Introduction
357 @chapter Introduction
358
359 @GNUTAR{} creates
360 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
361 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
362 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
363 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
364 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
365
366 @menu
367 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
368 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
369 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
370 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
371 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
372 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
373 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
374 @end menu
375
376 @node Book Contents
377 @section What this Book Contains
378
379 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
380 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
381 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
382 or comments.
383
384 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
385 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
386 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
387 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
388 progressive order, building on information already explained.
389
390 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
391 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
392 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
393 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
394 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
395 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
396 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
397 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
398 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
399 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
400
401 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
402 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
403
404 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
405 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
406 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
407 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
408 about a specific topic.
409
410 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
411 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
412 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
413 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
414
415 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
416 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
417 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
418 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
419 indicate this.)
420
421 @node Definitions
422 @section Some Definitions
423
424 @cindex archive
425 @cindex tar archive
426 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
427 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
428 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
429 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
430 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
431 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
432 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
433 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
434
435 @cindex member
436 @cindex archive member
437 @cindex file name
438 @cindex member name
439 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
440 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
441 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
442 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
443 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
444 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
445 archive.
446
447 @cindex extraction
448 @cindex unpacking
449 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
450 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
451 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
452 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
453 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
454 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
455 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
456 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
457 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
458 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
459 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
460
461 @node What tar Does
462 @section What @command{tar} Does
463
464 @cindex tar
465 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
466 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
467 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
468 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
469 stored.
470
471 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
472 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
473 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
474 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
475 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
476
477 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
478
479 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
480 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
481
482 @table @asis
483 @item Storage
484 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
485 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
486 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
487 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
488 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
489 unit.
490
491 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
492 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
493 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
494 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
495 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
496 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
497 archives useful.
498
499 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
500 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
501 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
502 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
503 all dimensions, even time!)
504
505 @item Backup
506 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
507 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
508 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
509 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
510 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
511 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
512 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
513 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
514 file system.
515
516 @item Transportation
517 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
518 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
519 files from one system to another.
520 @end table
521
522 @node Naming tar Archives
523 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
524
525 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
526 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
527 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
528 it and to make examples more clear.
529
530 @cindex tar file
531 @cindex entry
532 @cindex tar entry
533 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
534 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
535 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
536 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
537 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
538
539 @node Current status
540 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
541
542 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
543 primary aims are:
544
545 @itemize @bullet
546 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
547 implementations.
548 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
549 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
550 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
551 @end itemize
552
553 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
554 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
555 following issues need special mentioning:
556
557 @table @asis
558 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
559
560 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
561 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
562
563 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
564 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
565 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
566
567 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
568 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
569 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
570
571 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
572 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
573 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
574 of this issue and its implications.
575
576 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
577 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
578
579 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
580
581 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
582 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
583 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
584 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
585 @option{--check-links}.
586
587 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
588
589 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
590
591 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
592
593 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
594 @end table
595
596 @node Authors
597 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
598
599 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
600 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
601 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
602 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
603 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
604 numerous and kind users.
605
606 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
607 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
608 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
609 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
610 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
611
612 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
613 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
614 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
615 i'll think about it.}
616
617 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
618 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
619
620 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
621 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
622 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
623 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
624 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
625 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
626 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
627 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
628 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
629 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
630 thing.}
631
632 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
633 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
634
635 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
636 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
637 active development and maintenance work has started
638 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
639 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
640
641 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
642
643 @node Reports
644 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
645
646 @cindex bug reports
647 @cindex reporting bugs
648 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
649 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
650
651 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
652 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
653 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
654 manual}.
655
656 @node Tutorial
657 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
658
659 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
660 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
661 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
662 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
663 details about how @command{tar} works.
664
665 @menu
666 * assumptions::
667 * stylistic conventions::
668 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
669 * frequent operations::
670 * Two Frequent Options::
671 * create:: How to Create Archives
672 * list:: How to List Archives
673 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
674 * going further::
675 @end menu
676
677 @node assumptions
678 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
679
680 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
681 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
682 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
683 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
684 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
685
686 @itemize @bullet
687 @item
688 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
689 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
690 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
691 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
692 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
693 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
694 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
695 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
696 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
697 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
698 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
699 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
700 else?}
701
702 @item
703 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
704 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
705 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
706 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
707 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
708 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
709 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
710
711 @item
712 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
713 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
714 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
715 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
716 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
717 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
718 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
719 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
720 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
721
722 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
723 @end itemize
724
725 @node stylistic conventions
726 @section Stylistic Conventions
727
728 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
729 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
730 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
731 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
732 sometimes @samp{like this}.
733
734 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
735 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
736
737 @node basic tar options
738 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
739
740 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
741 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
742 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
743 operations, and options.
744
745 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
746 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
747 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
748 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
749 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
750 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
751
752 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
753 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
754 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
755 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
756 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
757 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
758
759 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
760 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
761 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
762 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
763 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
764 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
765 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
766 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
767 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
768 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
769 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
770 @ref{Short Options}.)
771
772 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
773 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
774 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
775 For example, instead of typing
776
777 @smallexample
778 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
779 @end smallexample
780
781 @noindent
782 you can type
783 @smallexample
784 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
785 @end smallexample
786
787 @noindent
788 or even
789 @smallexample
790 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
791 @end smallexample
792
793 @noindent
794 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
795 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
796 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
797
798 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
799 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
800 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
801 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
802 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
803 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
804 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
805
806 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
807 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
808 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
809 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
810 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
811 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
812 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
813 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
814 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
815 intends.
816
817 @node frequent operations
818 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
819
820 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
821 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
822 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
823 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
824
825 @table @option
826 @item --create
827 @itemx -c
828 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
829 @item --list
830 @itemx -t
831 List the contents of an archive.
832 @item --extract
833 @itemx -x
834 Extract one or more members from an archive.
835 @end table
836
837 @node Two Frequent Options
838 @section Two Frequently Used Options
839
840 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
841 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
842 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
843 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
844 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
845 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
846
847 @menu
848 * file tutorial::
849 * verbose tutorial::
850 * help tutorial::
851 @end menu
852
853 @node file tutorial
854 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
855
856 @table @option
857 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
858 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
859 Specify the name of an archive file.
860 @end table
861
862 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
863 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
864 that @command{tar} will work on.
865
866 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
867 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
868 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
869 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
870 look roughly like one of the following:
871
872 @smallexample
873 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
874 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
875 @end smallexample
876
877 @noindent
878 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
879 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
880 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
881 @ref{file}.
882
883 @node verbose tutorial
884 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
885
886 @table @option
887 @item --verbose
888 @itemx -v
889 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
890 @end table
891
892 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
893 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
894 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
895 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
896 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
897 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
898 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
899 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
900 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
901 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
902
903 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
904 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
905 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
906 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
907 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
908 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
909 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
910 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
911
912 @smallexample
913 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @end smallexample
915
916 @noindent
917 above, you might say
918
919 @smallexample
920 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 @end smallexample
922
923 @noindent
924 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
925 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
926 twice, like this:
927
928 @smallexample
929 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
930 @end smallexample
931
932 @noindent
933 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
934
935 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
936 --verbose}}.
937
938 @node help tutorial
939 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
940
941 @table @option
942 @item --help
943
944 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
945 all operations and option available for the current version of
946 @command{tar} available on your system.
947 @end table
948
949 @node create
950 @section How to Create Archives
951 @UNREVISED
952
953 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
954 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
955 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
956 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
957 practice on.
958
959 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
960 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
961 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
962 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
963 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
964 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
965 other directories and other archives.
966
967 The three files you will archive in this example are called
968 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
969 @file{collection.tar}.
970
971 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
972 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
973 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
974 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
975 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
976 @command{tar} works.
977
978 @menu
979 * prepare for examples::
980 * Creating the archive::
981 * create verbose::
982 * short create::
983 * create dir::
984 @end menu
985
986 @node prepare for examples
987 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
988
989 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
990 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
991 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
992 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
993 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
994 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
995
996 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
997 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
998 the full path name of this directory is
999 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1000 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1001
1002 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1003 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1004 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1005 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1006
1007 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1008 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1009 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1010 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1011 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1012 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1013 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1014 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1015 you need to use a different option, such as @value{op-append}; see
1016 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1017
1018 @node Creating the archive
1019 @subsection Creating the Archive
1020
1021 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1022 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1023
1024 @smallexample
1025 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1026 @end smallexample
1027
1028 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1029 option forms}. You could also say:
1030
1031 @smallexample
1032 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1033 @end smallexample
1034
1035 @noindent
1036 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1037 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1038 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1039 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1040
1041 Note that the part of the command which says,
1042 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1043 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1044 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1045 archive file you create.
1046
1047 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1048 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1049 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1050 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1051 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1052 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1053
1054 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1055 is the operation which creates the new archive
1056 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1057 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1058 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1059 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1060 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1061 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1062 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1063
1064 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1065 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1066 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1067
1068 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1069 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1070
1071 @smallexample
1072 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1073 @end smallexample
1074
1075 @noindent
1076 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1077 the files in the directory.
1078
1079 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1080 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1081 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1082 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1083
1084 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1085 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1086 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1087
1088 @node create verbose
1089 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1090
1091 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1092 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1093 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1094
1095 @smallexample
1096 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1097 blues
1098 folk
1099 jazz
1100 @end smallexample
1101
1102 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1103 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1104 @iftex
1105 (note the different font styles).
1106 @end iftex
1107 @ifinfo
1108 .
1109 @end ifinfo
1110
1111 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1112 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1113 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1114 understand.
1115
1116 @node short create
1117 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1118
1119 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1120 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1121 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1122 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1123 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1124 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1125 using short option forms:
1126
1127 @smallexample
1128 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1129 blues
1130 folk
1131 jazz
1132 @end smallexample
1133
1134 @noindent
1135 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1136 long or short option forms.
1137
1138 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1139 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1140 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1141 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1142 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1143 following way:
1144
1145 @smallexample
1146 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1147 @end smallexample
1148
1149 @noindent
1150 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1151 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1152 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1153 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1154 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1155 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1156 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1157 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1158 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1159 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1160 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1161
1162 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1163 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1164 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1165
1166 This example,
1167
1168 @smallexample
1169 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1170 @end smallexample
1171
1172 @noindent
1173 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1174 becomes much more so:
1175
1176 @smallexample
1177 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1178 @end smallexample
1179
1180 @noindent
1181 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1182 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1183 valuable data.
1184
1185 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1186 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1187 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1188 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1189 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1190 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1191 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1192 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1193
1194 @node create dir
1195 @subsection Archiving Directories
1196
1197 @cindex Archiving Directories
1198 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1199 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1200 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1201 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1202 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1203
1204 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1205 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1206 type:
1207
1208 @smallexample
1209 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1210 $
1211 @end smallexample
1212
1213 @noindent
1214 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1215 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1216 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1217 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1218
1219 @smallexample
1220 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1221 @end smallexample
1222
1223 @noindent
1224 @command{tar} should output:
1225
1226 @smallexample
1227 practice/
1228 practice/blues
1229 practice/folk
1230 practice/jazz
1231 practice/collection.tar
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1235 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1236 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1237 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1238 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1239 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1240 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1241 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1242 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1243 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1244 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1245 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1246 into the file system).
1247
1248 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1249
1250 @smallexample
1251 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1252 @end smallexample
1253
1254 @noindent
1255 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1256 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1257 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1258 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1259 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1260 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1261 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1262 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1263 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1264 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1265 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1266 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1267 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1268 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1269 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1270 directory being dumped.}
1271
1272 @node list
1273 @section How to List Archives
1274
1275 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1276 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1277 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1278 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1279 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1280 created in the last section with the command,
1281
1282 @smallexample
1283 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1284 @end smallexample
1285
1286 @noindent
1287 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1288
1289 @smallexample
1290 blues
1291 folk
1292 jazz
1293 @end smallexample
1294
1295 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1296 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1300
1301 @smallexample
1302 ./birds
1303 baboon
1304 ./box
1305 @end smallexample
1306
1307 @noindent
1308 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1309 to specify the name of the archive.
1310
1311 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1312 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1313 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1314
1315 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1316 like:
1317
1318 @smallexample
1319 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1320 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1321 @end smallexample
1322
1323 @cindex listing member and file names
1324 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1325 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1326 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1327 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1328 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1329 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1330 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1331 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1332 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1333 example:
1334
1335 @smallexample
1336 @group
1337 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1338 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1339 /etc/mail/
1340 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1341 /etc/mail/aliases
1342 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1343 etc/mail/
1344 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1345 etc/mail/aliases
1346 @end group
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1350 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1351 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1352 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1353
1354 @table @option
1355 @item --show-stored-names
1356 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1357 @end table
1358
1359 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1360 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1361 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1362 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1363 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1364 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1365
1366 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1367 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1368 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1369 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1370 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1371 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1372 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1373 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1374 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1375 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1376 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1377
1378 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1379 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1380 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1381 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1382 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1383 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1384 stored in the specified archive.
1385
1386 @menu
1387 * list dir::
1388 @end menu
1389
1390 @node list dir
1391 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1392
1393 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1394 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1395 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1396 @value{op-verbose} option.
1397
1398 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1399 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @command{tar} responds:
1406
1407 @smallexample
1408 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1412 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1416 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1417
1418 @node extract
1419 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1420 @UNREVISED
1421 @cindex Extraction
1422 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1423 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1424
1425 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1426 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1427 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1428 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1429 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1430 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1431 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1432 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1433
1434 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1435 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1436 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1437 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1438
1439 @menu
1440 * extracting archives::
1441 * extracting files::
1442 * extract dir::
1443 * extracting untrusted archives::
1444 * failing commands::
1445 @end menu
1446
1447 @node extracting archives
1448 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1449
1450 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1451 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1452
1453 @smallexample
1454 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1455 @end smallexample
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 produces this:
1459
1460 @smallexample
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1463 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1464 @end smallexample
1465
1466 @node extracting files
1467 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1468
1469 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1470 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1471 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1472 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1473 changing the archive's structure. Its contents will be identical to the
1474 original file @file{blues} that you deleted.
1475
1476 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1477 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1478 the files in the directory again.
1479
1480 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1481 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1482
1483 @smallexample
1484 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1485 @end smallexample
1486
1487 @noindent
1488 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1489 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1490 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1491 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1492 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1493 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1494 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1495 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1496 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1497 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1498 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1499 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1500 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1501 @value{op-list}.
1502
1503 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1504 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1505 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1506 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1507 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1508 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1509 (@pxref{list}).
1510
1511 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1512 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1513 Output}).
1514
1515 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1516 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1517
1518 @node extract dir
1519 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1520
1521 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1522 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1523 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1524 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1525 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1526 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1527 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1528 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1529 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1530 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1531 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1532 @pxref{Writing}).
1533
1534 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1535 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1536 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1537
1538 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1539 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1540 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1541 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1542 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1543 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1544 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1545 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1546 following command:
1547
1548 @smallexample
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1550 practice/folk
1551 practice/jazz
1552 @end smallexample
1553
1554 @noindent
1555 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1556 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1557 in the example below:
1558
1559 @smallexample
1560 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1561 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1562 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1563 @end smallexample
1564
1565 @noindent
1566 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1567 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1568 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1569 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1570
1571 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1572 will be.}
1573
1574 @node extracting untrusted archives
1575 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1576
1577 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1578 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1579 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1580 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1581 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1582 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1583 extract it as follows:
1584
1585 @smallexample
1586 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1587 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1588 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1592 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1593 with @value{op-verbose}.
1594
1595 @node failing commands
1596 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1597
1598 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1599 they won't work.
1600
1601 If you try to use this command,
1602
1603 @smallexample
1604 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1605 @end smallexample
1606
1607 @noindent
1608 you will get the following response:
1609
1610 @smallexample
1611 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1612 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1613 $
1614 @end smallexample
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1618 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1619 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1620
1621 @smallexample
1622 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1623 practice/folk
1624 practice/jazz
1625 practice/rock
1626 @end smallexample
1627
1628 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1629 order...}
1630
1631 @noindent
1632 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1633
1634 @smallexample
1635 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1636 @end smallexample
1637
1638 @noindent
1639 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1640 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1641 files from the archive.
1642
1643 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1644 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1645
1646 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1647
1648 @node going further
1649 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1650
1651 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1652 be in the rest of the manual.}
1653
1654 @node tar invocation
1655 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1656 @UNREVISED
1657
1658 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1659 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1660 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1661 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1662 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1663 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1664 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1665 depending on what the operation is.
1666
1667 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1668 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1669 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1670 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1671 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1672
1673 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1674 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1675 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1676 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1677 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1678 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1679
1680 @menu
1681 * Synopsis::
1682 * using tar options::
1683 * Styles::
1684 * All Options::
1685 * help::
1686 * verbose::
1687 * interactive::
1688 @end menu
1689
1690 @node Synopsis
1691 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1692
1693 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1694
1695 @smallexample
1696 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1697 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1698 @end smallexample
1699
1700 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1701
1702 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1703 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1704 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1705 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1706 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1707 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1708 @command{tar} is to act on.
1709
1710 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1711 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1712 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1713 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1714
1715 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1716 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1717 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1718 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1719 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1720 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1721 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1722 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1723 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1724
1725 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1726 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1727 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1728 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1729 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1730 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1731
1732 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1733 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1734 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1735 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1736
1737 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1738 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1739 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1740 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1741 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1742 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1743 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1744 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1745 sufficient for this.
1746
1747 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1748 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1749 @value{op-files-from} option.
1750
1751 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1752 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1753 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1754 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1755 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1756 on the entire contents of the archive.
1757
1758 @cindex exit status
1759 @cindex return status
1760 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1761 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1762 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1763 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1764 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1765 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1766 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1767 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1768 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1769 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1770 the error.
1771
1772 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1773 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1774 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1775 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1776 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1777 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1778
1779 @node using tar options
1780 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1781
1782 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1783 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1784 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1785 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1786 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1787 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1788 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1789 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1790 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1791 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1792
1793 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1794 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1795 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1796 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1797 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1798 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1799 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1800 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1801 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1802 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1803 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1804 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1805
1806 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1807 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1808 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1809 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1810 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1811 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1812 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1813 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1814 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1815
1816 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1817 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1818 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1819 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1820 write @value{op-list}.
1821
1822 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1823 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1824 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1825 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1826 styles.
1827
1828 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1829 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1830 incorporated.}
1831
1832 @node Styles
1833 @section The Three Option Styles
1834
1835 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1836 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1837 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1838 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1839
1840 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1841 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1842 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1843 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1844 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1845 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1846 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1847 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1848 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1849 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1850 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1851 feel comfortable with the others.
1852
1853 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1854 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1855 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1856 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1857 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1858 pay special attention to them.
1859
1860 @menu
1861 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1862 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1863 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1864 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1865 @end menu
1866
1867 @node Mnemonic Options
1868 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1869
1870 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1871 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1872
1873 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1874 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1875 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1876 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1877 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1878 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1879 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1880 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1881 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1882 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1883 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1884 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1885 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1886 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1887 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1888
1889 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1890 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1891 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1892
1893 @smallexample
1894 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1895 @end smallexample
1896
1897 @noindent
1898 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1899 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1900
1901 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1902 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1903 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1904 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1905 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1906 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1907 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1908 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1909
1910 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1911 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1912 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1913 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1914
1915 @node Short Options
1916 @subsection Short Option Style
1917
1918 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1919 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1920 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1921 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1922
1923 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1924
1925 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1926 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1927 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1928 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1929 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1930 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1931 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1932 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1933
1934 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1935 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1936 white space characters}.
1937
1938 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1939 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1940 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1941 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1942 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1943 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1944 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1945 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1946
1947 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1948 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1949 For example:
1950
1951 @smallexample
1952 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1953 @end smallexample
1954
1955 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1956 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1957 end up overwriting files.
1958
1959 @node Old Options
1960 @subsection Old Option Style
1961 @UNREVISED
1962
1963 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1964 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1965 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1966 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1967 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1968 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1969 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1970 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1971 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1972 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1973 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1974 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1975
1976 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1977
1978 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1979 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1980 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1981 style as follows:
1982
1983 @smallexample
1984 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1985 @end smallexample
1986
1987 @noindent
1988 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1989 the argument of @option{-f}.
1990
1991 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1992 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1993 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1994 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1995 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1996 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1997 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1998 pertain to.
1999
2000 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2001 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2002
2003 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2004 users. For example, the two commands:
2005
2006 @smallexample
2007 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2008 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2009 @end smallexample
2010
2011 @noindent
2012 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2013 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2014 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2015 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2016
2017 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2018
2019 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2020 following are equivalent:
2021
2022 @smallexample
2023 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2024 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2025 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2026 @end smallexample
2027
2028 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2029
2030 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2031 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2032 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2033 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2034 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2035 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2036 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2037 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2038 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2039
2040 @node Mixing
2041 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2042
2043 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2044 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2045 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2046 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2047 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2048 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2049 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2050 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2051 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2052 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2053 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2054 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2055 style options.
2056
2057 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2058 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2059
2060 @smallexample
2061 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2062 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2064 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2065 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2066 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2067 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2071 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2072 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2073 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2074 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2075 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2076 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2079 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2080 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2081 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2082 @end smallexample
2083
2084 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2085 the previous set:
2086
2087 @smallexample
2088 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2089 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2092 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2093 @end smallexample
2094
2095 @noindent
2096 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2097 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2098 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2099 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2100 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2101 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2102 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2103 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2104 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2105 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2106 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2107
2108 @node All Options
2109 @section All @command{tar} Options
2110
2111 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2112 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2113 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2114 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2115 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2116 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2117
2118 @menu
2119 * Operation Summary::
2120 * Option Summary::
2121 * Short Option Summary::
2122 @end menu
2123
2124 @node Operation Summary
2125 @subsection Operations
2126
2127 @table @option
2128
2129 @item --append
2130 @itemx -r
2131
2132 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2133
2134 @item --catenate
2135 @itemx -A
2136
2137 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2138
2139 @item --compare
2140 @itemx -d
2141
2142 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2143 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2144 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2145
2146 @item --concatenate
2147 @itemx -A
2148
2149 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2150 @xref{concatenate}.
2151
2152 @item --create
2153 @itemx -c
2154
2155 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2156
2157 @item --delete
2158
2159 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2160 tape! @xref{delete}.
2161
2162 @item --diff
2163 @itemx -d
2164
2165 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2166
2167 @item --extract
2168 @itemx -x
2169
2170 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2171
2172 @item --get
2173 @itemx -x
2174
2175 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2176
2177 @item --list
2178 @itemx -t
2179
2180 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2181
2182 @item --update
2183 @itemx -u
2184
2185 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2186 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2187 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2188 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2189 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2190 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2191 @xref{update}.
2192
2193 @end table
2194
2195 @node Option Summary
2196 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2197
2198 @table @option
2199
2200 @item --absolute-names
2201 @itemx -P
2202
2203 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2204 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2205 @xref{absolute}.
2206
2207 @item --after-date
2208
2209 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2210
2211 @item --anchored
2212 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2213 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2214
2215 @item --atime-preserve
2216 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2217 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2218
2219 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2220 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2221 have superuser privileges.
2222
2223 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} remembers the access time of a file
2224 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2225 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2226 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2227 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2228 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2229 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2230 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2231 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2232 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2233 incompatible with incremental backups.
2234
2235 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2236 without interfering with time stamp updates
2237 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2238 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2239 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2240 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2241 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2242 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2243 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2244 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2245 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} then @command{tar} complains and
2246 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2247 option works when it actually does not.
2248
2249 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2250 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this may change in the future
2251 as support for @value{op-atime-preserve-system} improves.
2252
2253 If your operating system does not support
2254 @value{op-atime-preserve-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2255 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2256 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2257 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2258 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2259 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2260
2261 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2262
2263 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2264 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2265 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2266
2267 @item --block-number
2268 @itemx -R
2269
2270 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2271 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2272
2273 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2274 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2275
2276 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2277 record. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
2278
2279 @item --bzip2
2280 @itemx -j
2281
2282 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2283 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2284
2285 @item --checkpoint
2286
2287 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2288 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2289 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2290 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2291
2292 @item --check-links
2293 @itemx -l
2294 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2295 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2296 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2297 output.
2298
2299 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2300 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2301 semantics for @option{-l}.
2302
2303 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2304
2305 @item --compress
2306 @itemx --uncompress
2307 @itemx -Z
2308
2309 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2310 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2311 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2312
2313 @item --confirmation
2314
2315 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2316
2317 @item --dereference
2318 @itemx -h
2319
2320 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2321 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2322 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2323
2324 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2325 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2326
2327 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2328 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2329 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2330
2331 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2332
2333 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2334 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2335
2336 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2337 @itemx -X @var{file}
2338
2339 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2340 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2341
2342 @item --exclude-caches
2343
2344 Automatically excludes all directories
2345 containing a cache directory tag. @xref{exclude}.
2346
2347 @item --file=@var{archive}
2348 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2349
2350 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2351 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2352 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2353
2354 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2355 @itemx -T @var{file}
2356
2357 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2358 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2359 command-line. @xref{files}.
2360
2361 @item --force-local
2362
2363 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2364 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2365 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2366
2367 @item --format=@var{format}
2368
2369 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2370 following:
2371
2372 @table @samp
2373 @item v7
2374 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2375
2376 @item oldgnu
2377 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2378 1.12 or earlier.
2379
2380 @item gnu
2381 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2382 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2383 numeric fields.
2384
2385 @item ustar
2386 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2387
2388 @item posix
2389 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2390
2391 @end table
2392
2393 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2394
2395 @item --group=@var{group}
2396
2397 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2398 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2399 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2400 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2401
2402 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2403
2404 @item --gzip
2405 @itemx --gunzip
2406 @itemx --ungzip
2407 @itemx -z
2408
2409 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2410 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2411 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2412
2413 @item --help
2414
2415 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2416 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2417
2418 @item --ignore-case
2419 Ignore case when excluding files. @xref{controlling pattern-matching
2420 with exclude}.
2421
2422 @item --ignore-command-error
2423 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2424
2425 @item --ignore-failed-read
2426
2427 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2428 @xref{Reading}.
2429
2430 @item --ignore-zeros
2431 @itemx -i
2432
2433 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2434 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2435
2436 @item --incremental
2437 @itemx -G
2438
2439 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2440 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2441 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2442 listed-incremental}.
2443
2444 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2445
2446 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2447
2448 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2449 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2450 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2451
2452 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2453 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2454 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2455 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2456
2457 @item --interactive
2458 @itemx --confirmation
2459 @itemx -w
2460
2461 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2462 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2463 @FIXME-xref{}
2464
2465 @item --keep-newer-files
2466
2467 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2468 when extracting files from an archive.
2469
2470 @item --keep-old-files
2471 @itemx -k
2472
2473 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2474 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2475
2476 @item --label=@var{name}
2477 @itemx -V @var{name}
2478
2479 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2480 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2481 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2482 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2483
2484 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2485 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2486
2487 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2488 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2489 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2490 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2491 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2492
2493 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2494
2495 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2496 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2497 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2498 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2499 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2500 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2501 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2502 permission system.
2503
2504 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2505 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2506 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2507 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2508 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2509
2510 @item --multi-volume
2511 @itemx -M
2512
2513 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2514 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2515
2516 @item --new-volume-script
2517
2518 (see --info-script)
2519
2520 @item -n
2521 @itemx --seek
2522
2523 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2524 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2525 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2526 in cases when such recognition fails.
2527
2528 @item --newer=@var{date}
2529 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2530 @itemx -N
2531
2532 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2533 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2534 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2535 the date. @xref{after}.
2536
2537 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2538
2539 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2540 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2541 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2542
2543 @item --no-anchored
2544 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2545 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2546
2547 @item --no-ignore-case
2548 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2549 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2550
2551 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2552 Print warnings about subprocesses terminated with a non-zero exit
2553 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2554
2555 @item --no-recursion
2556
2557 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2558 @xref{recurse}.
2559
2560 @item --no-same-owner
2561 @itemx -o
2562
2563 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2564 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2565 for ordinary users.
2566
2567 @item --no-same-permissions
2568
2569 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2570 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2571 for ordinary users.
2572
2573 @item --no-wildcards
2574 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2575 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2576
2577 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2578 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2579 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2580
2581 @item --null
2582
2583 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2584 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2585 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2586 @xref{nul}.
2587
2588 @item --numeric-owner
2589
2590 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2591 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2592 @xref{Attributes}.
2593
2594 @item -o
2595 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2596 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2597 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2598
2599 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2600 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2601 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2602 removed in the future releases.
2603
2604 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2605
2606 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2607
2608 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2609 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2610 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2611 line or via @option{-T} option.
2612
2613 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2614 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2615
2616 @smallexample
2617 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2618 @end smallexample
2619
2620 @noindent
2621 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2622 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2623
2624 @item --old-archive
2625 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2626
2627 @item --one-file-system
2628 @itemx -l
2629 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2630 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2631 directory.
2632
2633 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2634 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2635 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2636 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2637 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2638
2639 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2640
2641 @item --overwrite
2642
2643 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2644 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2645
2646 @item --overwrite-dir
2647
2648 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2649 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2650
2651 @item --owner=@var{user}
2652
2653 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2654 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2655 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2656 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2657 @FIXME-xref{}
2658
2659 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2660 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2661 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2662 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2663
2664 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2665
2666 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2667
2668 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2669 (@pxref{posix}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2670 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2671 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2672 the following forms:
2673
2674 @table @asis
2675 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2676 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
2677 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2678 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2679
2680 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2681 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2682 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2683 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2684 man 7 glob}. For example:
2685
2686 @smallexample
2687 --pax-option delete=security.*
2688 @end smallexample
2689
2690 would suppress security-related information.
2691
2692 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2693
2694 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2695 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2696 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2697
2698 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2699 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2700 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2701 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2702 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2703 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2704 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2705 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2706 @end multitable
2707
2708 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2709 results.
2710
2711 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2712 will use the following default value:
2713
2714 @smallexample
2715 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2716 @end smallexample
2717
2718 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2719 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2720 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2721 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2722 following character substitutions have been made:
2723
2724 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2725 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2726 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2727 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2728 starting at 1.
2729 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2730 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2731 @end multitable
2732
2733 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2734
2735 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2736 will use the following default value:
2737
2738 @smallexample
2739 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2740 @end smallexample
2741
2742 @noindent
2743 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2744 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2745 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2746
2747 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2748 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2749 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2750 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2751 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2752 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2753 record.
2754
2755 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2756 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2757 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2758 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2759 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2760
2761 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2762 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2763 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2764 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2765 For example, in the command:
2766
2767 @smallexample
2768 tar --format=posix --create \
2769 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2770 @end smallexample
2771
2772 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2773 stored in the archive.
2774 @end table
2775
2776 @item --portability
2777 @itemx --old-archive
2778 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2779
2780 @item --posix
2781 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2782
2783 @item --preserve
2784
2785 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2786 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2787
2788 @item --preserve-order
2789
2790 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2791
2792 @item --preserve-permissions
2793 @itemx --same-permissions
2794 @itemx -p
2795
2796 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2797 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2798 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2799 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2800 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2801
2802 @item --read-full-records
2803 @itemx -B
2804
2805 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2806 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2807
2808 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2809
2810 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2811 archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
2812
2813 @item --recursion
2814
2815 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2816 @xref{recurse}.
2817
2818 @item --recursive-unlink
2819
2820 Remove existing
2821 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2822 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2823
2824 @item --remove-files
2825
2826 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2827 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
2828
2829 @item --restrict
2830
2831 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
2832 Currently this option disables shell invocaton from multi-volume menu
2833 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
2834
2835 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2836
2837 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2838 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2839
2840 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2841
2842 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2843 devices. @xref{Device}.
2844
2845 @item --same-order
2846 @itemx --preserve-order
2847 @itemx -s
2848
2849 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2850 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2851 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2852 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2853
2854 @item --same-owner
2855
2856 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2857 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2858 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2859 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
2860
2861 @item --same-permissions
2862
2863 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
2864
2865 @item --show-defaults
2866
2867 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2868 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2869 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2870
2871 @smallexample
2872 $ tar --show-defaults
2873 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2874 @end smallexample
2875
2876 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2877
2878 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2879 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
2880
2881 @item --show-stored-names
2882
2883 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2884 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2885 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2886 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2887
2888 @item --sparse
2889 @itemx -S
2890
2891 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2892 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
2893
2894 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2895 @itemx -K @var{name}
2896
2897 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2898 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2899 @xref{Scarce}.
2900
2901 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2902 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2903 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2904 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2905 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2906
2907 @smallexample
2908 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2909 @end smallexample
2910
2911 @noindent
2912 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2913
2914 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2915
2916 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2917 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
2918
2919 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2920 @itemx -L @var{num}
2921
2922 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2923 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2924
2925 @item --test-label
2926
2927 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2928 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2929
2930 @item --to-command=@var{command}
2931
2932 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
2933 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2934
2935 @item --to-stdout
2936 @itemx -O
2937
2938 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2939 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
2940
2941 @item --totals
2942
2943 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2944 @xref{verbose}.
2945
2946 @item --touch
2947 @itemx -m
2948
2949 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2950 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
2951 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
2952
2953 @item --uncompress
2954
2955 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
2956
2957 @item --ungzip
2958
2959 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
2960
2961 @item --unlink-first
2962 @itemx -U
2963
2964 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2965 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
2966
2967 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2968
2969 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2970 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
2971
2972 @item --utc
2973
2974 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2975 @option{--verbose}.
2976
2977 @item --verbose
2978 @itemx -v
2979
2980 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2981 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2982 operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
2983 @xref{verbose}.
2984
2985 @item --verify
2986 @itemx -W
2987
2988 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2989 archive. @xref{verify}.
2990
2991 @item --version
2992
2993 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2994 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2995 @xref{help}.
2996
2997 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2998
2999 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3000 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3001 @xref{volno-file}.
3002
3003 @item --wildcards
3004 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3005 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3006
3007 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3008 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3009 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3010 @end table
3011
3012 @node Short Option Summary
3013 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3014
3015 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3016 them with the equivalent long option.
3017
3018 @table @option
3019
3020 @item -A
3021
3022 @option{--concatenate}
3023
3024 @item -B
3025
3026 @option{--read-full-records}
3027
3028 @item -C
3029
3030 @option{--directory}
3031
3032 @item -F
3033
3034 @option{--info-script}
3035
3036 @item -G
3037
3038 @option{--incremental}
3039
3040 @item -K
3041
3042 @option{--starting-file}
3043
3044 @item -L
3045
3046 @option{--tape-length}
3047
3048 @item -M
3049
3050 @option{--multi-volume}
3051
3052 @item -N
3053
3054 @option{--newer}
3055
3056 @item -O
3057
3058 @option{--to-stdout}
3059
3060 @item -P
3061
3062 @option{--absolute-names}
3063
3064 @item -R
3065
3066 @option{--block-number}
3067
3068 @item -S
3069
3070 @option{--sparse}
3071
3072 @item -T
3073
3074 @option{--files-from}
3075
3076 @item -U
3077
3078 @option{--unlink-first}
3079
3080 @item -V
3081
3082 @option{--label}
3083
3084 @item -W
3085
3086 @option{--verify}
3087
3088 @item -X
3089
3090 @option{--exclude-from}
3091
3092 @item -Z
3093
3094 @option{--compress}
3095
3096 @item -b
3097
3098 @option{--blocking-factor}
3099
3100 @item -c
3101
3102 @option{--create}
3103
3104 @item -d
3105
3106 @option{--compare}
3107
3108 @item -f
3109
3110 @option{--file}
3111
3112 @item -g
3113
3114 @option{--listed-incremental}
3115
3116 @item -h
3117
3118 @option{--dereference}
3119
3120 @item -i
3121
3122 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3123
3124 @item -j
3125
3126 @option{--bzip2}
3127
3128 @item -k
3129
3130 @option{--keep-old-files}
3131
3132 @item -l
3133
3134 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3135 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3136 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3137
3138 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3139
3140 @item -m
3141
3142 @option{--touch}
3143
3144 @item -o
3145
3146 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3147 @option{--portability}.
3148
3149 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3150 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3151 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3152
3153 @item -p
3154
3155 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3156
3157 @item -r
3158
3159 @option{--append}
3160
3161 @item -s
3162
3163 @option{--same-order}
3164
3165 @item -t
3166
3167 @option{--list}
3168
3169 @item -u
3170
3171 @option{--update}
3172
3173 @item -v
3174
3175 @option{--verbose}
3176
3177 @item -w
3178
3179 @option{--interactive}
3180
3181 @item -x
3182
3183 @option{--extract}
3184
3185 @item -z
3186
3187 @option{--gzip}
3188
3189 @end table
3190
3191 @node help
3192 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3193
3194 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3195 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3196 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3197 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3198 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3199 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3200 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3201 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3202
3203 @smallexample
3204 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3205 @end smallexample
3206
3207 @noindent
3208 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3209 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3210 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3211 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3212 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3213 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3214 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3215 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3216 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3217 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3218
3219 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3220 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3221 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3222 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3223 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3224 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3225 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3226 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3227 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3228 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3229
3230 @smallexample
3231 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3232 @end smallexample
3233
3234 @noindent
3235 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3236 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3237 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3238 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3239
3240 @smallexample
3241 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3242 @end smallexample
3243
3244 @noindent
3245 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3246
3247 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3248 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3249 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3250 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3251 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3252
3253 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3254 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3255 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3256 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3257 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3258 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3259 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3260 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3261 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3262 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3263 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3264 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3265 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3266 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3267
3268 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3269 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3270 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3271 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3272 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3273 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3274
3275 @node verbose
3276 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3277
3278 @cindex Progress information
3279 @cindex Status information
3280 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3281 @cindex Verbose operation
3282 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3283 @cindex Error message, block number of
3284 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3285
3286 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3287 @cindex Information during operation
3288 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3289
3290 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3291 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3292 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3293 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3294 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3295 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3296 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3297 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3298 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3299 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3300 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3301 helpful diagnostic tools.
3302
3303 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3304 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3305 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3306 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3307 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3308 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3309
3310 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3311 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3312 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3313 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3314 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3315 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3316 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3317 long list output:
3318
3319 @smallexample
3320 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3321 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3322 @end smallexample
3323
3324 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3325 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3326 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3327 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3328 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3329
3330 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3331 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3332 error.
3333
3334 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3335 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3336 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3337
3338 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3339 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3340 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3341 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3342 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3343 is actually making forward progress.
3344
3345 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3346 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3347
3348 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3349 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3350 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3351 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3352 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3353 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3354 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3355 some other reason.
3356
3357 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3358 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3359 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3360 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3361 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3362 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3363 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3364 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3365 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3366 archive from a pipe.
3367
3368 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3369 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3370 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3371 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3372 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3373 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3374 backup section written.}
3375
3376 @node interactive
3377 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3378 @cindex Interactive operation
3379
3380 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3381 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3382 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3383 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3384 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3385 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3386 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3387
3388 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3389 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3390 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3391 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3392 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3393 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3394 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3395 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3396 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3397
3398 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3399 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3400 communications.
3401
3402 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3403 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3404 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3405 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3406 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3407 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3408 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3409 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3410 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3411 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3412 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3413
3414 @node operations
3415 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3416
3417 @menu
3418 * Basic tar::
3419 * Advanced tar::
3420 * create options::
3421 * extract options::
3422 * backup::
3423 * Applications::
3424 * looking ahead::
3425 @end menu
3426
3427 @node Basic tar
3428 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3429
3430 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3431 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3432 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3433 for these operations.
3434
3435 @table @asis
3436 @item @value{op-create}
3437
3438 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3439 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3440 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3441 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3442 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3443 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3444 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3445 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3446 common errors are:
3447
3448 @enumerate
3449 @item
3450 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3451 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3452 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3453 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3454 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3455 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3456
3457 @item
3458 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3459 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3460 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3461 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3462 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3463 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3464 @end enumerate
3465
3466 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3467 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3468 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3469 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3470 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3471 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3472 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3473 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3474
3475 @smallexample
3476 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3477 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3478 @end smallexample
3479
3480 @item @value{op-extract}
3481
3482 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3483
3484 @item @value{op-list}
3485
3486 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3487 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3488 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3489 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3490 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3491 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3492 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3493 that's really the way to go.
3494
3495 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3496 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3497
3498 @end table
3499
3500 @node Advanced tar
3501 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3502
3503 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3504 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3505
3506 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3507 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3508 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3509 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3510 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3511 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3512 error correction in special circumstances.
3513
3514 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3515 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3516
3517 @menu
3518 * Operations::
3519 * append::
3520 * update::
3521 * concatenate::
3522 * delete::
3523 * compare::
3524 @end menu
3525
3526 @node Operations
3527 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3528 @UNREVISED
3529
3530 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3531 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3532 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3533 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3534
3535 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3536 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3537 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3538 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3539 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3540 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3541 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3542 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3543
3544 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3545 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3546 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3547 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3548
3549 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3550 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3551 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3552 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3553 where the last chapter left them.)
3554
3555 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3556
3557 @table @option
3558 @item --append
3559 @itemx -r
3560 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3561 @item --update
3562 @itemx -r
3563 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3564 they exist.
3565 @item --concatenate
3566 @itemx --catenate
3567 @itemx -A
3568 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3569 @item --delete
3570 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3571 @item --compare
3572 @itemx --diff
3573 @itemx -d
3574 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3575 @end table
3576
3577 @node append
3578 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3579 @UNREVISED
3580
3581 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3582 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3583 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3584 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3585 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3586 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3587
3588 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3589 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3590 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3591 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3592 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3593 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3594 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3595 listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3596
3597 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3598 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3599 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3600 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3601 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3602 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3603 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3604 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3605 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3606 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3607 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3608 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3609 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3610 extracted before it, and so on.
3611
3612 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3613 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3614 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3615 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3616 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3617 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3618 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3619 the command
3620
3621 @smallexample
3622 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3623 @end smallexample
3624
3625 @noindent
3626 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3627
3628 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3629 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3630
3631 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3632 with the Same Name.}
3633
3634 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3635 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3636 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3637 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3638 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3639 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3640 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3641 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3642 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3643 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3644
3645 @menu
3646 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3647 * multiple::
3648 @end menu
3649
3650 @node appending files
3651 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3652 @UNREVISED
3653 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3654 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3655 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3656
3657 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3658 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3659 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3660 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3661 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3662 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3663 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3664 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3665 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3666 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3667
3668 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3669 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3670 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3671 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3672
3673 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3674 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3675 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3676 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3677 @file{collection.tar}:
3678
3679 @smallexample
3680 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3681 @end smallexample
3682
3683 @noindent
3684 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3685 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3686
3687 @smallexample
3688 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3689 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3690 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3691 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3692 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3693 @end smallexample
3694
3695 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3696 title claims it will become...}
3697
3698 @node multiple
3699 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3700
3701 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3702 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3703 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3704 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3705 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3706 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3707 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3708 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3709 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3710 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3711 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3712 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3713 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3714 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3715 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3716 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3717 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3718 versions of the file.
3719
3720 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3721 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3722 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3723 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3724 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3725 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3726 newer version when it is extracted.
3727
3728 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3729 archive in this way:
3730
3731 @smallexample
3732 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3733 blues
3734 @end smallexample
3735
3736 @noindent
3737 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3738 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3739 list the contents of the archive:
3740
3741 @smallexample
3742 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3743 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3744 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3745 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3746 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3747 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3748 @end smallexample
3749
3750 @noindent
3751 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3752 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3753 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3754 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3755 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3756
3757 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3758 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3759 the following example:
3760
3761 @smallexample
3762 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3763 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3764 @end smallexample
3765
3766 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3767 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3768 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3769
3770 @node update
3771 @subsection Updating an Archive
3772 @UNREVISED
3773 @cindex Updating an archive
3774
3775 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3776 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3777 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3778 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3779 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3780 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3781 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3782
3783 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3784 The operation will fail.
3785
3786 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3787 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3788
3789 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3790 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3791 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3792 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3793 Same Name}
3794
3795 @menu
3796 * how to update::
3797 @end menu
3798
3799 @node how to update
3800 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3801
3802 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3803 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3804 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3805 you).
3806
3807 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3808 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3809
3810 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3811 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3812 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3813 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3814 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3815 arguments:
3816
3817 @smallexample
3818 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3819 blues
3820 classical
3821 $
3822 @end smallexample
3823
3824 @noindent
3825 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3826 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3827 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3828 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3829 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3830 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3831 updating it.
3832
3833 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3834 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3835 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3836 information about tapes.
3837
3838 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3839 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3840 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3841 options intended specifically for backups are more
3842 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3843
3844 @node concatenate
3845 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3846
3847 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3848 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3849 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3850 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3851 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3852 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3853
3854 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3855 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3856 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3857 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3858 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3859 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3860 Members with the Same Name.}
3861
3862 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3863 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3864 files from @file{practice}:
3865
3866 @smallexample
3867 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3868 blues
3869 classical
3870 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3871 folk
3872 jazz
3873 @end smallexample
3874
3875 @noindent
3876 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3877 contain what they are supposed to:
3878
3879 @smallexample
3880 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3881 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3882 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3883 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3884 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3885 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3886 @end smallexample
3887
3888 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3889
3890 @smallexample
3891 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3892 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3893 @end smallexample
3894
3895 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3896 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3897
3898 @smallexample
3899 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3900 blues
3901 rock
3902 jazz
3903 folk
3904 @end smallexample
3905
3906 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3907 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3908 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3909 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3910 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3911 new name?}
3912
3913 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3914 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3915
3916 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3917 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3918 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3919 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3920 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3921
3922 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3923 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3924 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3925 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3926 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3927 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3928 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3929 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3930 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3931 @command{cat} shell utility.
3932
3933 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3934 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3935 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3936 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3937 default archive name.
3938
3939 @node delete
3940 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3941 @UNREVISED
3942 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3943 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3944
3945 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3946 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3947 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3948 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3949 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3950 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3951 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3952 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3953 very slowly.
3954
3955 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3956
3957 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3958 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3959 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3960 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3961 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3962 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3963 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3964 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3965 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3966 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3967
3968 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3969 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3970 are in that directory, and then,
3971
3972 @smallexample
3973 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3974 blues
3975 folk
3976 jazz
3977 rock
3978 practice/blues
3979 practice/folk
3980 practice/jazz
3981 practice/rock
3982 practice/blues
3983 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3984 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3985 folk
3986 jazz
3987 rock
3988 $
3989 @end smallexample
3990
3991 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3992 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3993 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3994
3995 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3996 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3997
3998 @node compare
3999 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4000 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4001 @UNREVISED
4002
4003 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4004 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4005 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4006 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4007 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4008 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4009 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4010
4011 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4012 archive with a non-default record size.
4013
4014 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4015 corresponding members in the archive.
4016
4017 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4018 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4019 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4020 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4021
4022 @smallexample
4023 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4024 rock
4025 blues
4026 tar: funk not found in archive
4027 @end smallexample
4028
4029 @noindent
4030 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4031 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4032 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4033 such as:
4034
4035 @smallexample
4036 funk: does not exist
4037 @end smallexample
4038
4039 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4040 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4041 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4042
4043 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4044 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4045 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4046
4047 @node create options
4048 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4049
4050 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4051 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4052 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4053 @option{--create}.
4054
4055 @menu
4056 * Ignore Failed Read::
4057 @end menu
4058
4059 @node Ignore Failed Read
4060 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4061
4062 @table @option
4063 @item --ignore-failed-read
4064 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4065 @end table
4066
4067 @node extract options
4068 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4069 @UNREVISED
4070
4071 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4072 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4073
4074 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4075 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4076 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4077 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4078 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4079 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4080 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4081 @option{--extract} operation.
4082
4083 @menu
4084 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4085 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4086 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4087 @end menu
4088
4089 @node Reading
4090 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4091 @cindex Options when reading archives
4092 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4093 @cindex Records, incomplete
4094 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4095 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4096 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4097 @cindex Small memory
4098 @cindex Running out of space
4099 @UNREVISED
4100
4101 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4102 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4103 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4104 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4105 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4106 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4107 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4108 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4109 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4110
4111 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4112 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4113 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4114 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4115 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4116 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4117
4118 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4119 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4120 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4121 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4122 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4123
4124 @menu
4125 * read full records::
4126 * Ignore Zeros::
4127 @end menu
4128
4129 @node read full records
4130 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4131
4132 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4133
4134 @table @option
4135 @item --read-full-records
4136 @item -B
4137 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4138 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4139 than the one specified.
4140 @end table
4141
4142 @node Ignore Zeros
4143 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4144
4145 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4146 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4147 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4148 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4149 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4150 together).
4151
4152 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4153 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4154 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4155 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4156 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4157
4158 @table @option
4159 @item --ignore-zeros
4160 @itemx -i
4161 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4162 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4163 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4164 @end table
4165
4166 @node Writing
4167 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4168 @UNREVISED
4169
4170 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4171
4172 @menu
4173 * Dealing with Old Files::
4174 * Overwrite Old Files::
4175 * Keep Old Files::
4176 * Keep Newer Files::
4177 * Unlink First::
4178 * Recursive Unlink::
4179 * Data Modification Times::
4180 * Setting Access Permissions::
4181 * Writing to Standard Output::
4182 * Writing to an External Program::
4183 * remove files::
4184 @end menu
4185
4186 @node Dealing with Old Files
4187 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4188
4189 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4190 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4191 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4192 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4193 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4194 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4195 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4196 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4197 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4198
4199 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4200 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4201 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4202 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4203 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4204 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4205
4206 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4207 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4208 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4209
4210 @cindex Protecting old files
4211 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4212 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4213 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4214 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4215 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4216 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4217 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4218 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4219 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4220 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4221 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4222 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4223 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4224 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4225 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4226 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4227 removed.
4228
4229 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4230 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4231 before extracting them.
4232
4233 @node Overwrite Old Files
4234 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4235
4236 @table @option
4237 @item --overwrite
4238 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4239 from an archive.
4240
4241 This
4242 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4243 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4244 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4245 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4246 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4247 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4248 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4249 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4250 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4251 they are in the way of extraction.
4252
4253 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4254 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4255 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4256 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4257 are currently being executed.
4258
4259 @item --overwrite-dir
4260 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4261 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4262 @end table
4263
4264 @node Keep Old Files
4265 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4266
4267 @table @option
4268 @item --keep-old-files
4269 @itemx -k
4270 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4271 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4272 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4273 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4274 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4275 extraction.
4276 @end table
4277
4278 @node Keep Newer Files
4279 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4280
4281 @table @option
4282 @item --keep-newer-files
4283 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4284 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4285 @end table
4286
4287 @node Unlink First
4288 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4289
4290 @table @option
4291 @item --unlink-first
4292 @itemx -U
4293 Remove files before extracting over them.
4294 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4295 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4296 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4297 @end table
4298
4299 @node Recursive Unlink
4300 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4301
4302 @table @option
4303 @item --recursive-unlink
4304 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4305 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4306 @end table
4307
4308 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4309 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4310 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4311 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4312
4313 @node Data Modification Times
4314 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4315
4316 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4317 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4318 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4319 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4320 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4321 setting.
4322
4323 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4324 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4325 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4326
4327 @table @option
4328 @item --touch
4329 @itemx -m
4330 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4331 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4332 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4333 @end table
4334
4335 @node Setting Access Permissions
4336 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4337
4338 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4339 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4340 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4341 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4342 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4343 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4344
4345 @table @option
4346 @item --preserve-permission
4347 @itemx --same-permission
4348 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
4349 @itemx -p
4350 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4351 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4352 @value{op-extract}.
4353 @end table
4354
4355 @node Writing to Standard Output
4356 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4357
4358 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4359 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4360 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4361 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4362 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4363 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4364 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4365 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4366 found in the archive.
4367
4368 @table @option
4369 @item --to-stdout
4370 @itemx -O
4371 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
4372 @value{op-extract}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4373 files specified, @command{tar} writes the contents of the files
4374 extracted to its standard output. This may be useful if you are only
4375 extracting the files in order to send them through a pipe. This
4376 option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4377 @end table
4378
4379 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4380 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4381 it. You can use a command like this:
4382
4383 @smallexample
4384 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4385 @end smallexample
4386
4387 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4388
4389 @smallexample
4390 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4391 @end smallexample
4392
4393 Hovewer, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4394 multiple files. See the next section.
4395
4396 @node Writing to an External Program
4397 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4398
4399 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4400 file to the standard input of an external program:
4401
4402 @table @option
4403 @item --to-program=@var{command}
4404 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4405 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4406 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4407 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4408 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4409 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4410 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4411 option is used.
4412 @end table
4413
4414 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4415 from the following environment variables:
4416
4417 @table @var
4418 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4419 @item TAR_FILETYPE
4420 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4421
4422 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4423 @item f @tab Regular file
4424 @item d @tab Directory
4425 @item l @tab Symbolic link
4426 @item h @tab Hard link
4427 @item b @tab Block device
4428 @item c @tab Character device
4429 @end multitable
4430
4431 Currently only regular files are supported.
4432
4433 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4434 @item TAR_MODE
4435 File mode, an octal number.
4436
4437 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4438 @item TAR_FILENAME
4439 The name of the file.
4440
4441 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4442 @item TAR_REALNAME
4443 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4444
4445 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4446 @item TAR_UNAME
4447 Name of the file owner.
4448
4449 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4450 @item TAR_GNAME
4451 Name of the file owner group.
4452
4453 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4454 @item TAR_ATIME
4455 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4456 since the epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4457 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4458 decimal point.
4459
4460 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4461 @item TAR_MTIME
4462 Time of last modification.
4463
4464 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4465 @item TAR_CTIME
4466 Time of last status change.
4467
4468 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4469 @item TAR_SIZE
4470 Size of the file.
4471
4472 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4473 @item TAR_UID
4474 UID of the file owner.
4475
4476 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4477 @item TAR_GID
4478 GID of the file owner.
4479 @end table
4480
4481 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4482 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4483
4484 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4485 an error message similar to the following:
4486
4487 @smallexample
4488 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4489 @end smallexample
4490
4491 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4492
4493 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4494
4495 @table @option
4496 @item --ignore-command-error
4497 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
4498 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4499 will be printed even if this option is used.
4500
4501 @item --no-ignore-command-error
4502 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4503 option. This option is useful if you have set
4504 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4505 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4506 @end table
4507
4508 @node remove files
4509 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4510
4511 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4512 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4513 else in the book...}
4514
4515 @table @option
4516 @item --remove-files
4517 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4518 @end table
4519
4520 @node Scarce
4521 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4522 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4523 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4524 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4525 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4526 @UNREVISED
4527
4528 @menu
4529 * Starting File::
4530 * Same Order::
4531 @end menu
4532
4533 @node Starting File
4534 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4535
4536 @table @option
4537 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4538 @itemx -K @var{name}
4539 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4540 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4541 @end table
4542
4543 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4544 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4545 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4546 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4547 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4548 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4549 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4550 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4551 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4552
4553 @node Same Order
4554 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4555
4556 @table @option
4557 @item --same-order
4558 @itemx --preserve-order
4559 @itemx -s
4560 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4561 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4562 @value{op-list}
4563 or @value{op-extract}.
4564 @end table
4565
4566 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4567 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4568 the option to exist in either version?}
4569
4570 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4571
4572 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4573 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4574 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4575 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4576 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4577 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4578
4579 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4580
4581 @node backup
4582 @section Backup options
4583
4584 @cindex backup options
4585
4586 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4587 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4588 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4589 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4590 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4591 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4592
4593 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4594 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4595 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4596 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4597 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4598 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4599 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4600 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4601 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4602 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4603
4604 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4605 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4606 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4607 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4608 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4609 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4610 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4611 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4612 refers to a remote file.
4613
4614 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4615 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4616 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4617 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4618 file are kept.
4619
4620 @table @samp
4621
4622 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4623 @opindex --backup
4624 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4625 @cindex backups
4626 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4627 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4628
4629 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4630 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4631 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4632 use the @samp{existing} method.
4633
4634 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4635 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4636 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4637 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4638
4639 @table @samp
4640 @item t
4641 @itemx numbered
4642 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4643 Always make numbered backups.
4644
4645 @item nil
4646 @itemx existing
4647 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4648 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4649 of the others.
4650
4651 @item never
4652 @itemx simple
4653 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4654 Always make simple backups.
4655
4656 @end table
4657
4658 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4659 @opindex --suffix
4660 @cindex backup suffix
4661 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4662 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4663 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4664 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4665 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4666
4667 @end table
4668
4669 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4670 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4671 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4672 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4673 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4674 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4675
4676 @smallexample
4677 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4678 @end smallexample
4679
4680 @node Applications
4681 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4682 @UNREVISED
4683
4684 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4685 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4686 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4687
4688 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4689
4690 @findex uuencode
4691 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4692 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4693 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4694 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4695 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4696 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4697 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4698 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4699
4700 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4701 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4702 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4703 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4704
4705 @smallexample
4706 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4707 @end smallexample
4708
4709 @noindent
4710 The command also works using short option forms:
4711
4712 @smallexample
4713 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4714 @end smallexample
4715
4716 @noindent
4717 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4718
4719 @node looking ahead
4720 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4721
4722 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4723 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4724 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4725 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4726 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4727 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4728 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4729 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4730 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4731 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4732
4733 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4734 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4735 @value{xref-files-from}.
4736
4737 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4738 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4739
4740 @node Backups
4741 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4742 @UNREVISED
4743
4744 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4745 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4746 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4747 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4748 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4749 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4750 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4751
4752 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4753 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4754 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4755 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4756
4757 @smallexample
4758 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4759 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4760 @end smallexample
4761
4762 @FIXME{
4763
4764 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4765 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4766 distribution.
4767
4768 @itemize @bullet
4769 @item dumps
4770 @itemize @minus
4771 @item what are dumps
4772 @item different levels of dumps
4773 @itemize +
4774 @item full dump = dump everything
4775 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4776 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4777 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
4778 @end itemize
4779 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4780 @itemize +
4781 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4782 @end itemize
4783 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4784 @itemize +
4785 @item how to customize
4786 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4787 @end itemize
4788 @item Problems
4789 @itemize +
4790 @item rsh doesn't work
4791 @item rtape isn't installed
4792 @item (others?)
4793 @end itemize
4794 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4795 @item tapes
4796 @itemize +
4797 @item write protection
4798 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4799 @item files and tape marks
4800 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4801 @item positioning the tape
4802 MT writes two at end of write,
4803 backspaces over one when writing again.
4804 @end itemize
4805 @end itemize
4806 @end itemize
4807 }
4808
4809 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4810 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4811
4812 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4813 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4814 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4815 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4816 called @dfn{dumps}.
4817
4818 @menu
4819 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4820 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4821 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4822 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4823 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4824 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4825 @end menu
4826
4827 @node Full Dumps
4828 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4829 @UNREVISED
4830
4831 @cindex full dumps
4832 @cindex dumps, full
4833
4834 @cindex corrupted archives
4835 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4836 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
4837 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4838 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4839 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4840 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4841
4842 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4843 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4844 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4845
4846 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4847 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4848 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4849
4850 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
4851 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4852 file system boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4853
4854 The @value{op-incremental} (@value{pxref-incremental}) option is not needed,
4855 since this is a complete copy of everything in the file system, and a
4856 full restore from this backup would only be done onto a completely
4857 empty disk.
4858
4859 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4860 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4861 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4862 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4863 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4864 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4865
4866 @node Incremental Dumps
4867 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4868
4869 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
4870 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
4871 can be restored when extracting the archive.
4872
4873 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
4874 backups: @value{op-listed-incremental} and @value{op-incremental}.
4875
4876 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
4877 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
4878 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
4879 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
4880 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
4881 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
4882 to the option:
4883
4884 @table @option
4885 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
4886 @itemx -g @var{file}
4887 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
4888 @end table
4889
4890 To create an incremental backup, you would use
4891 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
4892 (@pxref{create}). For example:
4893
4894 @smallexample
4895 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4896 --file=archive.1.tar \
4897 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4898 /usr}
4899 @end smallexample
4900
4901 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
4902 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
4903 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
4904 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
4905 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
4906
4907 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
4908 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
4909 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
4910 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
4911 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
4912
4913 @smallexample
4914 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
4915 /usr/local/db/data
4916 /usr/local/db/index
4917 @end smallexample
4918
4919 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
4920 then see:
4921
4922 @smallexample
4923 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4924 --file=archive.2.tar \
4925 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4926 /usr}
4927 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
4928 usr/local/db/
4929 usr/local/db/data
4930 usr/local/db/index
4931 @end smallexample
4932
4933 @noindent
4934 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
4935 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
4936 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
4937 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
4938 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
4939 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
4940
4941 @smallexample
4942 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
4943 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4944 --file=archive.2.tar \
4945 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
4946 /usr}
4947 @end smallexample
4948
4949 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4950 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4951 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
4952 backwards.
4953
4954 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
4955 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
4956 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
4957 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
4958 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
4959 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
4960 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
4961 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4962 to be a better way to go.
4963
4964 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
4965 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
4966
4967 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
4968 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
4969 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
4970 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
4971 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
4972 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
4973 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
4974 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
4975 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
4976 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
4977 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
4978 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
4979
4980 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
4981 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
4982 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
4983 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
4984 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
4985 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
4986 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
4987 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
4988 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
4989 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
4990 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
4991
4992 @smallexample
4993 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4994 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4995 --file archive.1.tar}
4996 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4997 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4998 --file archive.2.tar}
4999 @end smallexample
5000
5001 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5002 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
5003 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5004 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5005 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5006 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5007 scripts.
5008
5009 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
5010 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
5011 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
5012 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
5013 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
5014 and were changed in version 1.16}:
5015
5016 @smallexample
5017 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5018 @end smallexample
5019
5020 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5021 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5022 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5023 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5024
5025 @smallexample
5026 @var{x} @var{file}
5027 @end smallexample
5028
5029 @noindent
5030 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5031 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5032 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5033 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
5034 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
5035 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5036
5037 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5038 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5039 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
5040 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5041 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
5042 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5043
5044 @node Backup Levels
5045 @section Levels of Backups
5046
5047 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5048 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5049 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5050 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5051 are daily re-archived.
5052
5053 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5054 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5055 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5056 dump.
5057
5058 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5059 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5060 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5061 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5062 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5063 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5064 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5065 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5066
5067 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5068 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5069 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5070 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5071 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5072
5073 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5074 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5075 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5076 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5077 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5078 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5079
5080 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5081 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5082 their use in detail.
5083
5084 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5085 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5086 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5087 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5088 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, before
5089 making such an attempt.
5090
5091 @node Backup Parameters
5092 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5093
5094 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5095 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5096 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5097 before using these scripts.
5098
5099 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5100 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5101 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5102 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5103 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5104 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5105 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5106 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5107
5108 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5109 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5110
5111 @menu
5112 * General-Purpose Variables::
5113 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5114 * User Hooks::
5115 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5116 @end menu
5117
5118 @node General-Purpose Variables
5119 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5120
5121 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5122 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5123 sends a backup report to this address.
5124 @end defvr
5125
5126 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5127 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5128 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5129 or the string @samp{now}.
5130
5131 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5132 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5133 @end defvr
5134
5135 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5136
5137 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5138 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5139 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5140 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5141 invocations of @command{mt}.
5142 @end defvr
5143
5144 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5145
5146 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5147 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5148 @end defvr
5149
5150 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5151
5152 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5153 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5154 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5155 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5156 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5157
5158 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5159 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5160 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5161 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5162 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5163 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5164 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5165 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5166 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5167
5168 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5169 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5170 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5171 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5172 @end defvr
5173
5174 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5175
5176 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5177 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5178 @end defvr
5179
5180 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5181
5182 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5183 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5184 which the backup script is run.
5185
5186 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5187 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5188 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5189 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5190 @end defvr
5191
5192 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5193
5194 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5195 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5196 @end defvr
5197
5198 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5199
5200 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5201 @end defvr
5202
5203 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5204 @anchor{RSH}
5205 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5206 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5207 to use public key authentication.
5208 @end defvr
5209
5210 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5211
5212 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5213 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5214 of @GNUTAR{}.
5215 @end defvr
5216
5217 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5218
5219 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5220 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5221 @end defvr
5222
5223 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5224
5225 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5226 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5227 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5228 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5229 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5230 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5231
5232 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5233 @end defvr
5234
5235 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5236
5237 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5238
5239 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5240 @end defvr
5241
5242 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5243
5244 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5245 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5246 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5247 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5248 the console.
5249 @end defvr
5250
5251 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5252
5253 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5254 this will just be some literal text.
5255 @end defvr
5256
5257 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5258
5259 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5260 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5261 @end defvr
5262
5263 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5264 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5265
5266 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5267 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5268 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5269
5270 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5271 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5272 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5273
5274 @smallexample
5275 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5276
5277 mt_begin() @{
5278 mt -f "$1" retension
5279 @}
5280 @end smallexample
5281 @end defvr
5282
5283 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5284 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5285 follows:
5286
5287 @smallexample
5288 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5289
5290 mt_rewind() @{
5291 mt -f "$1" rewind
5292 @}
5293 @end smallexample
5294
5295 @end defvr
5296
5297 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5298 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5299 it is defined as follows:
5300
5301 @smallexample
5302 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5303
5304 mt_offline() @{
5305 mt -f "$1" offl
5306 @}
5307 @end smallexample
5308 @end defvr
5309
5310 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5311 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5312 including error count. Default definition:
5313
5314 @smallexample
5315 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5316
5317 mt_status() @{
5318 mt -f "$1" status
5319 @}
5320 @end smallexample
5321 @end defvr
5322
5323 @node User Hooks
5324 @subsection User Hooks
5325
5326 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5327 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5328 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5329 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5330 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5331 taking four arguments:
5332
5333 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5334 Its arguments are:
5335
5336 @table @var
5337 @item level
5338 Current backup or restore level.
5339
5340 @item host
5341 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5342
5343 @item fs
5344 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5345
5346 @item fsname
5347 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5348 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5349 @end table
5350 @end deffn
5351
5352 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5353
5354 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5355 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5356 @end defvr
5357
5358 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5359 Executed after dumping the file system.
5360 @end defvr
5361
5362 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5363 Executed before restoring the file system.
5364 @end defvr
5365
5366 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5367 Executed after restoring the file system.
5368 @end defvr
5369
5370 @node backup-specs example
5371 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5372
5373 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5374
5375 @smallexample
5376 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5377
5378 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5379 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5380 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5381
5382 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5383 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5384 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5385
5386 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5387 my_status() @{
5388 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5389 @}
5390 MT_STATUS=my_status
5391
5392 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5393 MT_OFFLINE=:
5394
5395 BLOCKING=124
5396 BACKUP_DIRS="
5397 albert:/fs/fsf
5398 apple-gunkies:/gd
5399 albert:/fs/gd2
5400 albert:/fs/gp
5401 geech:/usr/jla
5402 churchy:/usr/roland
5403 albert:/
5404 albert:/usr
5405 apple-gunkies:/
5406 apple-gunkies:/usr
5407 gnu:/hack
5408 gnu:/u
5409 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5410 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5411
5412 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5413
5414 @end smallexample
5415
5416 @node Scripted Backups
5417 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5418
5419 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5420
5421 @smallexample
5422 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5423 @end smallexample
5424
5425 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5426 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5427 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5428 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5429 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5430 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5431 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5432 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5433 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5434 create a level one dump.}
5435
5436 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5437 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5438
5439 @table @asis
5440 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5441
5442 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5443
5444 @item @var{hh}
5445
5446 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5447
5448 @item now
5449
5450 The dump must be run immediately.
5451 @end table
5452
5453 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5454 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5455 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5456 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5457 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5458 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5459 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5460 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5461 Restoration}).
5462
5463 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5464 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5465 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5466 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5467 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5468 detailed explanation of this file.}
5469
5470 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5471 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5472 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5473 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5474 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5475 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5476 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5477
5478 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5479 standard output.
5480
5481 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5482 script:
5483
5484 @table @option
5485 @item -l @var{level}
5486 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5487 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5488
5489 @item -f
5490 @itemx --force
5491 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5492
5493 @item -v[@var{level}]
5494 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5495 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5496 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5497 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5498
5499 @item -t @var{start-time}
5500 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5501 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5502
5503 @item -h
5504 @itemx --help
5505 Display short help message and exit.
5506
5507 @item -L
5508 @itemx --license
5509 Display program license and exit.
5510
5511 @item -V
5512 @itemx --version
5513 Display program version and exit.
5514 @end table
5515
5516
5517 @node Scripted Restoration
5518 @section Using the Restore Script
5519
5520 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5521 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5522 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5523 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5524 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5525
5526 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5527 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5528 line. For example, running
5529
5530 @smallexample
5531 restore 'albert:*'
5532 @end smallexample
5533
5534 @noindent
5535 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5536 complicated example:
5537
5538 @smallexample
5539 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5540 @end smallexample
5541
5542 @noindent
5543 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5544 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5545
5546 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5547 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5548 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5549 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5550 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5551 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5552
5553 @smallexample
5554 restore --level=1
5555 @end smallexample
5556
5557 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5558
5559 @table @option
5560 @item -a
5561 @itemx --all
5562 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5563
5564 @item -l @var{level}
5565 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5566 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5567
5568 @item -v[@var{level}]
5569 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5570 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5571 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5572 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5573
5574 @item -h
5575 @itemx --help
5576 Display short help message and exit.
5577
5578 @item -L
5579 @itemx --license
5580 Display program license and exit.
5581
5582 @item -V
5583 @itemx --version
5584 Display program version and exit.
5585 @end table
5586
5587 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5588 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5589 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5590 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5591 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5592 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5593 positioning.}
5594
5595 @quotation
5596 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5597 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5598 @end quotation
5599
5600 @value{xref-incremental}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5601 that determination.
5602
5603 @node Choosing
5604 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5605 @UNREVISED
5606
5607 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5608
5609 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5610 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5611 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5612 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5613 are in specified directories.
5614
5615 @menu
5616 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5617 * Selecting Archive Members::
5618 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5619 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5620 * Wildcards::
5621 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5622 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5623 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5624 @end menu
5625
5626 @node file
5627 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5628 @cindex Naming an archive
5629 @cindex Archive Name
5630 @cindex Directing output
5631 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5632 @cindex Where is the archive?
5633 @UNREVISED
5634
5635 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5636 archive"?}
5637
5638 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5639 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5640 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5641 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5642 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5643 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5644 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5645 instead of the default archive file location.
5646
5647 @table @option
5648 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5649 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5650 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5651 any operation.
5652 @end table
5653
5654 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5655
5656 @smallexample
5657 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5658 @end smallexample
5659
5660 @noindent
5661 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5662 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5663 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5664 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5665 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5666 for the archive name.
5667
5668 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5669 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5670 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5671
5672 @cindex Writing new archives
5673 @cindex Archive creation
5674 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5675 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5676 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5677 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5678 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5679
5680 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5681 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5682 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5683 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5684 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5685 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5686
5687 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5688 "notable tar usages".}
5689
5690 @smallexample
5691 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5692 @end smallexample
5693
5694 @FIXME{help!}
5695
5696 @cindex Standard input and output
5697 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5698 @anchor{remote-dev}
5699 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5700 use the following:
5701
5702 @smallexample
5703 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5704 @end smallexample
5705
5706 @noindent
5707 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5708 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5709 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5710 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5711 as the username on the remote machine.
5712
5713 @cindex Local and remote archives
5714 @anchor{local and remote archives}
5715 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5716 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5717 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5718 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5719 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5720 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5721 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5722 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5723 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5724 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5725 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5726 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5727 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5728 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5729
5730 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5731 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5732 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5733 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5734 shouldn't mention it..}
5735
5736 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5737 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5738 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5739 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5740
5741 @node Selecting Archive Members
5742 @section Selecting Archive Members
5743 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5744 @cindex Specifying archive members
5745
5746 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5747 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5748 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5749 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5750
5751 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5752 the command line, as follows:
5753 @smallexample
5754 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5755 @end smallexample
5756
5757 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5758 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5759 option.
5760
5761 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5762 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5763
5764 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5765 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5766 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5767 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5768 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5769 @command{tar} does nothing.
5770
5771 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5772 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5773 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5774 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5775 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5776
5777 @node files
5778 @section Reading Names from a File
5779
5780 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5781 @cindex Lists of file names
5782 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5783 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5784 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5785 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5786 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5787 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5788 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5789 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5790
5791 @table @option
5792 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5793 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5794 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5795 @end table
5796
5797 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5798 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5799 names are read from standard input.
5800
5801 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5802 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5803 command.
5804
5805 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5806
5807 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5808
5809 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5810 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5811 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5812 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5813 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5814 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5815 more information.)
5816
5817 @smallexample
5818 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5819 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5820 @end smallexample
5821
5822 @noindent
5823 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5824 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5825 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5826 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5827 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5828 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5829 specifying @option{-C} option:
5830
5831 @smallexample
5832 @group
5833 $ @kbd{cat list}
5834 -C/etc
5835 passwd
5836 hosts
5837 -C/lib
5838 libc.a
5839 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5840 @end group
5841 @end smallexample
5842
5843 @noindent
5844 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5845 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5846 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5847 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5848 contain:
5849
5850 @smallexample
5851 @group
5852 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5853 passwd
5854 hosts
5855 libc.a
5856 @end group
5857 @end smallexample
5858
5859 @noindent
5860 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5861 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5862 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5863
5864 @itemize @bullet
5865 @item
5866 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5867 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5868 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5869
5870 @item
5871 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5872 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5873 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5874
5875 @item
5876 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5877 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5878
5879 @smallexample
5880 @group
5881 --directory
5882 dir
5883 @end group
5884 @end smallexample
5885
5886 @noindent
5887 and
5888
5889 @smallexample
5890 @group
5891 -C
5892 dir
5893 @end group
5894 @end smallexample
5895 @end itemize
5896
5897 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5898 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5899 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5900 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5901
5902 @menu
5903 * nul::
5904 @end menu
5905
5906 @node nul
5907 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5908
5909 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5910 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5911 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5912 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5913 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5914
5915 @table @option
5916 @item --null
5917 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5918 terminate in a newline.
5919 @end table
5920
5921 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5922 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5923 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5924 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5925 file names that begin with dash.
5926
5927 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5928 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5929 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5930 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5931 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5932 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5933 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5934 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5935 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5936
5937 @smallexample
5938 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5939 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5940 @end smallexample
5941
5942 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5943
5944 @node exclude
5945 @section Excluding Some Files
5946 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5947 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5948 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5949 @UNREVISED
5950
5951 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5952 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5953
5954 @table @option
5955 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5956 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5957 @end table
5958
5959 @findex exclude
5960 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5961 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5962 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5963 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5964 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5965
5966 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5967
5968 @table @option
5969 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5970 @itemx -X @var{file}
5971 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5972 @var{file}.
5973 @end table
5974
5975 @findex exclude-from
5976 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5977 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5978 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5979 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5980 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5981 added to the archive.
5982
5983 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5984 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5985
5986 @table @option
5987 @item --exclude-caches
5988 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5989 @end table
5990
5991 @findex exclude-caches
5992 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option causes
5993 @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
5994 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
5995 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
5996 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5997 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
5998 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
5999 more easily excluded from backups.
6000
6001 @menu
6002 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
6003 * problems with exclude::
6004 @end menu
6005
6006 @node controlling pattern-matching with exclude
6007 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6008
6009 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6010 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6011 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6012 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6013
6014 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6015 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6016 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6017 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6018
6019 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6020 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6021
6022 @smallexample
6023 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6024 @end smallexample
6025
6026 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6027 @samp{readme}.
6028
6029 @table @option
6030 @item --anchored
6031 @itemx --no-anchored
6032 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6033 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6034 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
6035
6036 @item --ignore-case
6037 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6038 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6039 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6040
6041 @item --wildcards
6042 @itemx --no-wildcards
6043 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6044 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6045 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6046 names literally.
6047
6048 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6049 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6050 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6051 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6052 matched only by @samp{/}.
6053
6054 @end table
6055
6056 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6057 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6058 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6059 the name's parent directories.
6060
6061 @node problems with exclude
6062 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6063
6064 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6065 pitfalls:
6066
6067 @itemize @bullet
6068 @item
6069 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6070 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6071 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6072 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6073 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6074 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6075
6076 @item
6077 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
6078 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
6079 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6080 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
6081 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
6082 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
6083
6084 @item
6085 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6086 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6087 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6088 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6089 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6090 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6091
6092 For example, write:
6093
6094 @smallexample
6095 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6096 @end smallexample
6097
6098 @noindent
6099 rather than:
6100
6101 @smallexample
6102 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6103 @end smallexample
6104
6105 @item
6106 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6107 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6108 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6109 might fail.
6110
6111 @item
6112 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6113 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
6114 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
6115 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
6116 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
6117 patterns listed in a file.
6118
6119 @end itemize
6120
6121 @node Wildcards
6122 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6123
6124 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6125 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6126 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6127 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6128 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6129 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6130 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6131
6132 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6133
6134 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6135 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6136 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6137 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6138 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6139 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6140 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6141 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6142 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6143
6144 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6145 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6146 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6147 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6148 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6149 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6150 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6151 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6152 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6153 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6154
6155 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6156 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6157 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6158 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6159 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6160 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6161
6162 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6163 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6164 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6165 @var{e}, inclusive.
6166
6167 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6168 who don't have dan around.}
6169
6170 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6171 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6172 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6173 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6174
6175 @node after
6176 @section Operating Only on New Files
6177 @cindex Excluding file by age
6178 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6179 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6180 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6181 @UNREVISED
6182
6183 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6184 whose data modification or status change times are newer than the @var{date}
6185 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6186 be a file name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6187 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6188 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6189 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6190 than the @var{date} you specify.
6191
6192 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6193 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6194 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6195
6196 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6197 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6198 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6199 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6200
6201 @table @option
6202 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6203 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6204 @itemx -N @var{date}
6205 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6206
6207 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6208 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6209
6210 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6211 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6212
6213 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6214 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6215 @end table
6216
6217 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6218 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6219 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6220 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6221 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6222 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6223
6224 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the data
6225 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6226 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6227 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6228 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6229 field.
6230
6231 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6232 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6233 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6234 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6235 contents of the file were looked at).
6236
6237 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6238 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6239 arguments.
6240
6241 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6242
6243 @quotation
6244 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6245 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6246 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6247 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6248 @end quotation
6249
6250 @noindent
6251 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6252
6253 @node recurse
6254 @section Descending into Directories
6255 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6256 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6257 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6258 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6259 @UNREVISED
6260
6261 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6262
6263 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6264
6265 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6266 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6267 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6268 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6269
6270 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6271 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6272 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6273 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6274 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6275 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6276 @command{tar}, or look.
6277
6278 @table @option
6279 @item --no-recursion
6280 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6281
6282 @item --recursion
6283 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6284 This is the default.
6285 @end table
6286
6287 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6288 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6289 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6290 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6291 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6292 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6293 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6294 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6295 located via @command{find}.
6296
6297 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6298 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6299 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6300 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6301 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6302 no new files on its own.
6303
6304 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6305 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6306 the files under those directories.
6307
6308 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6309 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}).
6310
6311 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6312 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6313 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6314
6315 @smallexample
6316 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6317 @end smallexample
6318
6319 @noindent
6320 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6321 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6322 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6323
6324 @node one
6325 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6326 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6327 @UNREVISED
6328
6329 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6330 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6331 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6332 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6333 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6334 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6335 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6336
6337 @table @option
6338 @item --one-file-system
6339 @itemx -l
6340 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6341 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6342 @end table
6343
6344 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6345 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6346 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6347 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6348 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6349 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6350
6351 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6352 but nothing under it.
6353
6354 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6355 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6356 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6357 standard error.
6358
6359 @menu
6360 * directory:: Changing Directory
6361 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6362 @end menu
6363
6364 @node directory
6365 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6366
6367 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6368 things around some.}
6369
6370 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6371 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6372 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6373 @UNREVISED
6374
6375 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6376 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6377 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6378 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6379 the list.
6380
6381 @table @option
6382 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6383 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6384 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6385 @end table
6386
6387 For example,
6388
6389 @smallexample
6390 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6391 @end smallexample
6392
6393 @noindent
6394 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6395 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6396 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6397 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6398 store in the same archive.
6399
6400 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6401 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6402 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6403 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6404 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6405
6406 Contrast this with the command,
6407
6408 @smallexample
6409 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6410 @end smallexample
6411
6412 @noindent
6413 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6414 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6415 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6416 named @file{orange-colored}.
6417
6418 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6419 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6420 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6421 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6422 @file{foo.tar}:
6423
6424 @smallexample
6425 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6426 @end smallexample
6427
6428 @noindent
6429 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6430 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6431 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6432 directories where those files were located.
6433
6434 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6435 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6436 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6437 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6438 @option{--directory} option.
6439
6440 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6441 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6442 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6443 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6444 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6445 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6446 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6447
6448 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6449
6450 @smallexample
6451 @group
6452 -C
6453 /etc
6454 passwd
6455 hosts
6456 -C
6457 /lib
6458 libc.a
6459 @end group
6460 @end smallexample
6461
6462 @noindent
6463 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6464
6465 @smallexample
6466 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6467 @end smallexample
6468
6469 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6470 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6471
6472 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6473 @value{op-null} option.
6474
6475 @node absolute
6476 @subsection Absolute File Names
6477 @UNREVISED
6478
6479 @table @option
6480 @item -P
6481 @itemx --absolute-names
6482 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6483 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6484 @end table
6485
6486 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6487 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6488 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6489
6490 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6491 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6492 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6493 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6494 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6495 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6496 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6497 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6498
6499 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6500 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6501 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6502
6503 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6504 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6505 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6506 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6507 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6508 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6509 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6510 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6511 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6512 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6513 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6514 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6515 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6516
6517 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6518 none of these transformations.
6519
6520 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6521 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6522
6523 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6524 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6525 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6526
6527 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6528 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6529 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6530 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6531 more convenient than switching to root.
6532
6533 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6534 to transfer files between systems.}
6535
6536 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6537
6538 @table @option
6539 @item --absolute-names
6540 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6541 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6542
6543 @end table
6544
6545 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6546
6547 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6548 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6549 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6550 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6551
6552 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6553 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6554 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6555
6556 @smallexample
6557 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6558 @end smallexample
6559
6560 @noindent
6561 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6562 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6563 For example:
6564
6565 @smallexample
6566 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6567 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6568 @end smallexample
6569
6570 @include getdate.texi
6571
6572 @node Formats
6573 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6574
6575 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6576 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6577 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6578
6579 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6580 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6581
6582 @table @asis
6583 @item gnu
6584 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6585 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6586 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6587 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6588 formats.
6589
6590 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6591 length.
6592
6593 @item oldgnu
6594 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6595
6596 @item v7
6597 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6598 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6599 are:
6600
6601 @enumerate
6602 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6603 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6604 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6605 devices, fifos etc.)
6606 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6607 octal)
6608 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6609 and group name of the file owner).
6610 @end enumerate
6611
6612 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6613 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6614 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6615 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6616 Automake prior to 1.9.
6617
6618 @item ustar
6619 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6620 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6621 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6622
6623 @enumerate
6624 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6625 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6626 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6627 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6628 characters.
6629 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6630 100 characters.
6631 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6632 is 8GB
6633 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6634 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6635 @end enumerate
6636
6637 @item star
6638 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6639 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6640 currently does not produce them.
6641
6642 @item posix
6643 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6644 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6645 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6646 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6647 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6648 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6649 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6650 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6651 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6652
6653 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6654 of @GNUTAR{}.
6655
6656 @end table
6657
6658 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6659 formats:
6660
6661 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6662 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6663 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6664 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6665 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6666 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6667 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6668 @end multitable
6669
6670 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6671 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6672 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6673 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6674 switch to @samp{posix}.
6675
6676 @menu
6677 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6678 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6679 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6680 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6681 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6682 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6683 @end menu
6684
6685 @node Portability
6686 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6687
6688 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6689 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6690 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6691 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6692 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6693 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6694 archives more portable.
6695
6696 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6697 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6698 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6699 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6700
6701 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6702 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6703
6704 @menu
6705 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6706 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6707 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6708 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6709 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6710 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6711 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6712 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6713 @end menu
6714
6715 @node Portable Names
6716 @subsection Portable Names
6717
6718 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6719 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6720 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6721 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6722 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6723 less.
6724
6725 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6726 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6727 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6728 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6729 than System V's.
6730
6731 @node dereference
6732 @subsection Symbolic Links
6733 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6734 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6735
6736 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6737 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6738 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
6739 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6740 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6741 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6742 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6743 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6744
6745 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6746 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6747 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6748 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6749 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6750 system.
6751
6752 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6753 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6754 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6755
6756 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6757 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6758 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6759 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6760
6761 @node old
6762 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6763 @cindex Format, old style
6764 @cindex Old style format
6765 @cindex Old style archives
6766
6767 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6768 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6769 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6770 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6771 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6772 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6773 option). When you specify it,
6774 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6775 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6776 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6777
6778 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6779 unless the archive was created using this option.
6780
6781 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6782 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6783 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6784 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6785 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6786
6787 @node ustar
6788 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6789
6790 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6791 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6792 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6793 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6794 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6795 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6796
6797 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6798 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6799
6800 @node gnu
6801 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6802
6803 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6804 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6805 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6806 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6807 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6808 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6809 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6810 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6811 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6812
6813 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6814 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6815 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6816
6817 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6818 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6819
6820 @node posix
6821 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6822
6823 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6824 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6825
6826 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6827 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6828
6829 @node Checksumming
6830 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6831
6832 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6833 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6834 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6835 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6836 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6837 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6838 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6839 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6840 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6841 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6842 vice versa.
6843
6844 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6845 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6846 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6847 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6848 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6849 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6850 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6851 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6852
6853 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6854 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6855 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6856 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6857 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6858 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6859 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6860 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6861 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6862 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6863 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6864
6865 @node Large or Negative Values
6866 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6867 @cindex large values
6868 @cindex future time stamps
6869 @cindex negative time stamps
6870
6871 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6872 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6873 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6874 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6875 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6876 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6877 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6878 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6879 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6880 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6881
6882 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6883 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6884
6885 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6886 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6887
6888 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6889 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6890 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6891 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6892 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6893 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6894
6895 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6896 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6897 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6898 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6899 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6900 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6901 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6902 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6903 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6904
6905 @node Compression
6906 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6907
6908 @menu
6909 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6910 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6911 @end menu
6912
6913 @node gzip
6914 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6915 @cindex Compressed archives
6916 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6917
6918 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6919 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6920 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6921 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6922 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6923 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6924 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6925
6926 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6927 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6928 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6929 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6930 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6931 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6932 For example:
6933
6934 @smallexample
6935 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6936 @end smallexample
6937
6938 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6939 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6940 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6941 archive created in previous example:
6942
6943 @smallexample
6944 # List the compressed archive
6945 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6946 # Extract the compressed archive
6947 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6948 @end smallexample
6949
6950 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6951 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6952 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6953 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6954
6955 @smallexample
6956 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6957 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6958 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6959 @end smallexample
6960
6961 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6962 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6963
6964 @smallexample
6965 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6966 @end smallexample
6967
6968 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6969 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6970 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6971 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6972 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6973 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6974 compressed.
6975
6976 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6977
6978 @table @option
6979 @item -z
6980 @itemx --gzip
6981 @itemx --ungzip
6982 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6983
6984 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6985 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6986 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6987 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6988 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6989 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6990
6991 @smallexample
6992 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6993 @end smallexample
6994
6995 @noindent
6996 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6997 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6998
6999 @smallexample
7000 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
7001 @end smallexample
7002
7003 @cindex corrupted archives
7004 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7005 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7006 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7007 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7008 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7009 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7010
7011 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7012 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7013 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7014 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7015 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7016 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7017
7018 @item -j
7019 @itemx --bzip2
7020 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
7021
7022 @item -Z
7023 @itemx --compress
7024 @itemx --uncompress
7025 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
7026 @value{op-gzip}.
7027
7028 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7029 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7030 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7031 @command{compress}.
7032
7033 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7034 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
7035 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
7036 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
7037
7038 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
7039 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
7040
7041 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
7042 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
7043 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
7044 @end table
7045
7046 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7047 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
7048 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7049 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7050 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7051 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7052 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7053 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7054 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7055 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7056
7057 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7058 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7059 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7060 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7061 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7062
7063 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7064 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7065 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7066 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7067 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7068
7069 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
7070 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7071 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7072 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
7073 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7074
7075 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7076 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7077 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7078 end up with less space on the tape.}
7079
7080 @node sparse
7081 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7082 @cindex Sparse Files
7083 @UNREVISED
7084
7085 @table @option
7086 @item -S
7087 @itemx --sparse
7088 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7089 @end table
7090
7091 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7092 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
7093 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7094 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7095 space needed to store such a file.
7096
7097 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7098 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7099 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7100 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7101
7102 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7103 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7104 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7105 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7106 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7107 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7108 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
7109 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
7110 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
7111 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
7112 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
7113 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7114 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
7115 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
7116 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
7117 more space than the original.
7118
7119 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7120 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7121 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
7122 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
7123 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
7124 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
7125 about creating archives.
7126
7127 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7128 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7129 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7130
7131 @quotation
7132 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7133 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7134 sparsely in the system.
7135
7136 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7137 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7138 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7139 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7140 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7141 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7142 @end quotation
7143
7144 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7145
7146 @table @option
7147 @item --sparse
7148 @itemx -S
7149 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7150 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7151 @end table
7152
7153 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7154 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7155 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7156 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7157 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7158 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7159 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7160 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7161 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7162 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7163
7164 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7165 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7166 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7167 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7168 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7169 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7170 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7171
7172 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7173 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7174 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7175 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7176 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7177 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7178 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7179 1990-12-10:
7180
7181 @quotation
7182 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7183 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7184 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7185 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7186 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7187 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7188
7189 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7190 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7191 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7192 get it right.
7193 @end quotation
7194
7195 @node Attributes
7196 @section Handling File Attributes
7197 @UNREVISED
7198
7199 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7200 avoid this, use the @value{op-atime-preserve} option, which can either
7201 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7202 place.
7203
7204 Handling of file attributes
7205
7206 @table @option
7207 @item --atime-preserve
7208 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7209 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7210 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7211 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7212
7213 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} works on most systems, but it also
7214 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7215 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7216 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7217 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7218 running.
7219
7220 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing the access time in
7221 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7222 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7223 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7224 complains right away.
7225
7226 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7227 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this is intended to change to
7228 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} when the latter is better-supported.
7229
7230 @item -m
7231 @itemx --touch
7232 Do not extract data modification time.
7233
7234 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7235 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7236 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7237
7238 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7239
7240 @item --same-owner
7241 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7242 archive.
7243
7244 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7245 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7246 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7247 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7248 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7249 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7250 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7251
7252 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7253 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7254 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7255 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7256 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7257 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7258 stored in the archive instead.
7259
7260 @item --no-same-owner
7261 @itemx -o
7262 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7263 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7264 only for the superuser.
7265
7266 @item --numeric-owner
7267 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7268 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7269 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7270 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7271 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7272
7273 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7274 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7275 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7276 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7277 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7278 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7279 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7280 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7281
7282 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7283 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7284 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7285 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7286 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7287 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7288
7289 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7290 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7291 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7292 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7293 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7294 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7295 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7296 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7297 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7298 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7299 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7300 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7301 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7302 gives you a great deal of control already.
7303
7304 @item -p
7305 @itemx --same-permissions
7306 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7307 Extract all protection information.
7308
7309 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7310 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7311 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7312 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7313 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7314
7315
7316 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7317
7318 @item --preserve
7319 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7320
7321 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7322 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7323
7324 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7325
7326 @end table
7327
7328 @node Standard
7329 @section Basic Tar Format
7330 @UNREVISED
7331
7332 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7333 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7334 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7335 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7336 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7337 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7338 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7339
7340 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7341 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7342 bytes. A file
7343 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7344 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7345 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7346 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7347 information about file types.
7348
7349 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7350 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7351 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7352 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7353 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7354 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7355
7356 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7357 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7358 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7359
7360 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7361 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7362 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7363
7364 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7365 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7366 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7367 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7368 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7369 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7370 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7371
7372 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7373 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7374 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7375 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7376 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7377 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7378 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7379 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7380 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7381 records after a zero block.
7382
7383 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7384 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7385
7386 @smallexample
7387 @include header.texi
7388 @end smallexample
7389
7390 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7391 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7392 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7393 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7394 contiguously.
7395
7396 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7397 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7398 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7399 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7400 of file contents is performed.
7401
7402 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7403 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7404 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7405 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7406
7407 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7408 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7409
7410 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7411
7412 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7413 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7414 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7415 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7416 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7417 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7418 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7419 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7420 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7421 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7422
7423 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7424 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7425 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7426
7427 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7428 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7429 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7430
7431 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7432 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7433 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7434 as an integer number of
7435 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7436
7437 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7438 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7439 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7440 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7441 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7442 if it were all blanks.
7443
7444 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7445 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7446 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7447 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7448
7449 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7450 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7451 status change times.
7452
7453 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7454 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7455 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7456 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7457 continued at.
7458
7459 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7460 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7461 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7462 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7463 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7464 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7465 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7466 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7467 differently from non-sparse files.
7468
7469 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7470 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7471 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7472 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7473 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7474 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7475 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7476 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7477 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7478 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7479 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7480 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7481 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7482 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7483 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7484 used to handle a sparse file:
7485
7486 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7487 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7488 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7489 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7490 array element.
7491
7492 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7493 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7494
7495 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7496 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7497 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7498 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7499 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7500 an extended_header is needed.
7501
7502 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7503 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7504 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7505 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7506
7507 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7508 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7509 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7510 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7511
7512 @table @asis
7513
7514 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7515 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7516 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7517 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7518 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7519 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7520 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7521 ends with a slash as a directory.
7522
7523 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7524 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7525 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7526 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7527 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7528
7529 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7530 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7531 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7532
7533 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7534 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7535 These represent character special files and block special files
7536 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7537 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7538 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7539 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7540
7541 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7542 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7543 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7544 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7545 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7546 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7547 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7548 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7549 @code{size} field.
7550
7551 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7552 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7553 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7554
7555 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7556 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7557 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7558 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7559 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7560 type as a normal file.
7561
7562 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7563 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7564 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7565
7566 @end table
7567
7568 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7569 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7570
7571 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7572 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7573 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7574 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7575 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7576 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7577
7578 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7579 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7580 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7581 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7582
7583 @node Extensions
7584 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7585 @UNREVISED
7586
7587 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7588 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7589
7590 @table @code
7591 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7592 @itemx 'D'
7593 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7594 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7595 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7596 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7597 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7598 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7599 last file name.
7600
7601 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7602 @itemx 'M'
7603 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7604 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7605 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7606 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7607 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7608 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7609 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7610 the original size of the file.
7611
7612 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7613 @itemx 'S'
7614 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7615 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7616 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7617 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7618
7619 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7620 @itemx 'V'
7621 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7622 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7623 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7624 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7625 of an archive should have this type.
7626
7627 @end table
7628
7629 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7630 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7631 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7632 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7633 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7634 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7635 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7636 checksum error.
7637
7638 @node cpio
7639 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7640 @UNREVISED
7641
7642 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7643
7644 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7645 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7646 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7647 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7648 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7649 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7650
7651 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7652 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7653 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7654 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7655 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7656 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7657 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7658 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7659
7660 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7661 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7662 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7663 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7664
7665 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7666
7667 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7668 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7669 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7670
7671 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7672 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7673 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7674 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7675 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7676 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7677 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7678 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7679 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7680 make hard links between them.
7681
7682 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7683 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7684 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7685 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7686 of the names.
7687
7688 @quotation
7689 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7690 @end quotation
7691
7692 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7693 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7694 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7695
7696 @quotation
7697 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7698 at the unix scene,
7699 @end quotation
7700
7701 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7702 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7703 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7704 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7705 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7706
7707 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7708 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7709 rest of the files.
7710
7711 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7712
7713 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7714 to start on a record boundary.
7715
7716 @quotation
7717 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7718 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7719 crashed archives at all.)
7720 @end quotation
7721
7722 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7723 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7724 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7725 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7726 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7727 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7728 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7729 archive.
7730
7731 @quotation
7732 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7733 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7734 @end quotation
7735
7736 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7737 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7738 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7739 special files.
7740
7741 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7742 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7743 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7744 backwards compatibility.
7745
7746 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7747 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7748 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7749
7750 @node Media
7751 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7752 @UNREVISED
7753
7754 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7755 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7756
7757 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7758 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7759 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7760 such manipulation easier.
7761
7762 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7763 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7764
7765 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7766 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7767 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7768 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7769
7770 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7771 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7772 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7773 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7774 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7775 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7776
7777 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7778 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7779 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7780 not a good idea.
7781
7782 @menu
7783 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7784 * Remote Tape Server::
7785 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7786 * Blocking:: Blocking
7787 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7788 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7789 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7790 * verify::
7791 * Write Protection::
7792 @end menu
7793
7794 @node Device
7795 @section Device Selection and Switching
7796 @UNREVISED
7797
7798 @table @option
7799 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7800 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7801 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7802 @end table
7803
7804 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7805 works on.
7806
7807 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7808 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7809 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7810 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7811 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7812
7813 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7814 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7815 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7816 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7817 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7818 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7819 @command{rsh}.
7820 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7821 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7822 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7823 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7824 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7825 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7826 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7827 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7828 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7829 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7830
7831 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7832 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7833 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7834 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7835 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7836
7837 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7838 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7839 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7840 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7841 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7842 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7843 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7844 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7845 cartridges or diskettes.
7846
7847 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7848 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7849 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7850 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7851 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7852 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7853 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7854 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7855 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7856 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7857 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7858 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7859
7860 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7861 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7862 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7863 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7864 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7865
7866 @table @option
7867 @item --force-local
7868 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7869
7870 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7871 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7872 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7873 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7874
7875 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7876 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7877 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7878 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7879 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7880 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7881
7882 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7883 Specify drive and density.
7884
7885 @item -M
7886 @itemx --multi-volume
7887 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7888
7889 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7890 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7891 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7892
7893 @item -L @var{num}
7894 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7895 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7896
7897 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7898 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7899 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7900
7901 @item -F @var{file}
7902 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7903 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7904 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
7905 @value{op-multi-volume}. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
7906 description of this option.
7907 @end table
7908
7909 @node Remote Tape Server
7910 @section The Remote Tape Server
7911
7912 @cindex remote tape drive
7913 @pindex rmt
7914 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7915 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7916 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7917 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7918 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7919 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7920 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7921
7922 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7923 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7924 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7925 installed by default.
7926
7927 @cindex absolute file names
7928 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7929 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7930 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7931 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7932 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7933 message telling you what it is doing.
7934
7935 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7936 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7937 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7938 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7939 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7940 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7941 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7942 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7943 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7944 backup tapes.
7945
7946 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7947 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7948 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7949 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7950 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7951 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7952 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7953
7954 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7955 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7956 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7957 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7958 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7959 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7960
7961 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7962 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7963 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7964 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7965 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7966 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7967
7968 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7969 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7970 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7971 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7972 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7973
7974 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7975 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7976
7977 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7978 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7979 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7980 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7981 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7982 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7983 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7984 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7985
7986 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7987 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7988
7989 @ifclear PUBLISH
7990
7991 @format
7992 errors from system:
7993 permission denied
7994 no such file or directory
7995 not owner
7996
7997 errors from @command{tar}:
7998 directory checksum error
7999 header format error
8000
8001 errors from media/system:
8002 i/o error
8003 device busy
8004 @end format
8005
8006 @end ifclear
8007
8008 @node Blocking
8009 @section Blocking
8010 @UNREVISED
8011
8012 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8013 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8014 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8015 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8016 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8017
8018 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8019 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8020
8021 @quotation
8022 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8023 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8024 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8025 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8026 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8027 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8028 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8029 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8030 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8031 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8032
8033 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8034 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8035 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8036 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8037 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8038 into the source code too.
8039 @end quotation
8040
8041 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8042 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8043 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8044 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8045 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8046 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8047 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8048 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8049 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8050 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8051 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8052 in @GNUTAR{}.
8053
8054 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8055 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8056 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8057 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8058 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8059 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8060 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8061 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8062 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8063 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8064 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8065 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8066 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8067 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8068 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8069
8070 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8071 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8072 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
8073 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
8074 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
8075 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
8076 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
8077 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8078
8079 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8080 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8081 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8082 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8083 honor blocking.
8084
8085 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8086 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8087 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8088 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8089 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8090 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8091 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
8092 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
8093 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8094 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
8095 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8096 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8097 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8098 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8099 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
8100 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8101 correctly.
8102
8103 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8104 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8105 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8106 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8107 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8108
8109 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8110 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8111 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8112 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8113 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8114 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8115 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8116 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8117 around one megabyte.
8118
8119 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8120 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8121 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8122 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8123 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8124 device.
8125
8126 @menu
8127 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8128 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8129 @end menu
8130
8131 @node Format Variations
8132 @subsection Format Variations
8133 @cindex Format Parameters
8134 @cindex Format Options
8135 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8136 @cindex Options, format specifying
8137 @UNREVISED
8138
8139 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8140 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8141 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8142 store the archive.
8143
8144 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8145 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8146 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8147 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8148 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8149 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8150 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8151 examples of format parameter considerations.
8152
8153 @node Blocking Factor
8154 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8155 @cindex Blocking Factor
8156 @cindex Record Size
8157 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8158 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8159 @cindex Bytes per record
8160 @cindex Blocks per record
8161 @UNREVISED
8162
8163 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8164 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8165 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8166 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8167 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8168 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8169 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8170 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8171 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8172
8173 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8174 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8175 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8176 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8177 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8178 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8179 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8180 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8181 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8182 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8183 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8184 writing archives.
8185
8186 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8187
8188 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8189 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8190 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8191 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8192 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8193 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8194
8195 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8196 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8197 example, this has been reported:
8198
8199 @smallexample
8200 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8201 @end smallexample
8202
8203 @noindent
8204 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8205 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8206 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8207 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8208 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8209 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8210 for example, might resolve the problem.
8211
8212 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8213 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8214 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8215 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8216 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8217 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8218 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8219 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8220 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8221 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8222 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8223 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8224 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8225
8226 @table @option
8227 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8228 @itemx -b @var{number}
8229 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8230 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8231 @end table
8232
8233 Device blocking
8234
8235 @table @option
8236 @item -b @var{blocks}
8237 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8238 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8239
8240 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8241 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8242 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8243 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8244 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8245 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8246
8247 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8248 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8249 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8250 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8251
8252 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8253 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8254 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8255 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8256 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8257
8258 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8259 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8260 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8261 updating the archive.
8262
8263 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8264 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8265 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8266 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8267
8268 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8269 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8270 the amount of available virtual memory.
8271
8272 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8273 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8274 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8275 @itemize @bullet
8276 @item
8277 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8278 @item
8279 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8280 redirected nor piped,
8281 @item
8282 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8283 device,
8284 @item
8285 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8286 invocation.
8287 @end itemize
8288
8289 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8290 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8291 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8292 topic:
8293
8294 @itemize @bullet
8295
8296 @item
8297 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8298 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8299 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8300 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8301 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8302 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8303
8304 @item
8305 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8306 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8307 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8308 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8309 ignored.
8310
8311 @item
8312 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8313 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8314 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8315 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8316 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8317 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8318 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8319
8320 @item
8321 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8322 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8323 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8324 @end itemize
8325
8326 @item -i
8327 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8328 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8329
8330 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8331 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8332 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8333 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8334 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8335 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8336 the zeroed blocks.
8337
8338 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8339 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8340 are stored on a single physical tape.
8341
8342 @item -B
8343 @itemx --read-full-records
8344 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8345
8346 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8347 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8348 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8349 record.
8350
8351 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8352 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8353 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8354 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8355 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8356 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8357
8358 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8359
8360 @end table
8361
8362 Tape blocking
8363
8364 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8365
8366 @cindex blocking factor
8367 @cindex tape blocking
8368
8369 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8370 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8371 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8372 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8373 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8374 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8375 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8376 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8377 tape motion without loosing information.
8378
8379 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8380 @cindex DAT blocking
8381 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8382 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8383 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8384 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8385 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8386 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8387 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8388 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8389 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8390 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8391 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8392 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8393 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8394 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8395 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8396 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8397
8398 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8399 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8400 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8401 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8402
8403 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8404 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8405 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8406
8407 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8408 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8409 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8410
8411 @node Many
8412 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8413
8414 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8415
8416 @findex ntape @r{device}
8417 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8418 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8419 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8420 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8421 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8422 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8423 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8424 device.
8425
8426 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8427 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8428 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8429 means that a simple:
8430
8431 @smallexample
8432 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8433 @end smallexample
8434
8435 @noindent
8436 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8437 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8438 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8439 just been saved.
8440
8441 @cindex tape positioning
8442 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8443 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8444 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8445 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8446 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8447 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8448 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8449 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8450 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8451 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8452 recovered.
8453
8454 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8455 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8456
8457 @smallexample
8458 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8459 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8460 @end smallexample
8461
8462 @cindex tape marks
8463 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8464 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8465 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8466 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8467 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8468 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8469 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8470 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8471 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8472 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8473 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8474
8475 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8476 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8477
8478 @smallexample
8479 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8480 @end smallexample
8481
8482 @noindent
8483 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8484
8485 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8486 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8487 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8488 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8489 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8490 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8491 these commands:
8492
8493 @smallexample
8494 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8495 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8496 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8497 @end smallexample
8498
8499 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8500 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8501
8502 @menu
8503 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8504 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8505 @end menu
8506
8507 @node Tape Positioning
8508 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8509 @UNREVISED
8510
8511 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8512 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8513 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8514 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8515 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8516 two at the end of all the file entries.
8517
8518 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8519 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8520
8521 @smallexample
8522 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8523 @end smallexample
8524
8525 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8526 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8527 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8528 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8529 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8530 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8531 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8532 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8533 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8534 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8535 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8536 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8537
8538 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8539 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8540 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8541 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8542 following:
8543
8544 @smallexample
8545 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8546 @end smallexample
8547
8548 @node mt
8549 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8550 @UNREVISED
8551
8552 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8553 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8554 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8555
8556 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8557 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8558 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8559 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8560 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8561 together"?}
8562
8563 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8564
8565 @smallexample
8566 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8567 @end smallexample
8568
8569 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8570 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8571 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8572
8573 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8574
8575 @table @option
8576 @item eof
8577 @itemx weof
8578 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8579
8580 @item fsf
8581 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8582
8583 @item bsf
8584 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8585
8586 @item rewind
8587 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8588
8589 @item offline
8590 @itemx rewoff1
8591 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8592
8593 @item status
8594 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8595
8596 @end table
8597
8598 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8599
8600 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8601 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8602 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8603
8604 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8605 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8606 failed.
8607
8608 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8609 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8610 @UNREVISED
8611
8612 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8613 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8614 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8615 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire file systems.
8616 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8617
8618 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8619 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8620 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8621 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8622 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8623 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8624 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8625 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8626 file.)
8627
8628 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8629 You need @GNUTAR{} at both ends to process them properly.
8630
8631 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8632 responses:
8633
8634 @table @kbd
8635 @item ?
8636 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8637 @item q
8638 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8639 @item n @var{file name}
8640 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8641 @item !
8642 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
8643 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to @command{tar}.
8644 @item y
8645 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8646 @end table
8647
8648 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8649 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8650
8651 @cindex End-of-archive info script
8652 @cindex Info script
8653 @anchor{info-script}
8654 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8655 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8656 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8657 prompting procedure. It is executed without any command line
8658 arguments. Additional data is passed to it via the following
8659 environment variables:
8660
8661 @table @env
8662 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
8663 @item TAR_VERSION
8664 @GNUTAR{} version number.
8665
8666 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
8667 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
8668 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
8669
8670 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
8671 @item TAR_VOLUME
8672 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
8673
8674 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
8675 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
8676 Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executed.
8677 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
8678
8679 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
8680 @item TAR_FORMAT
8681 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
8682 list of archive format names.
8683 @end table
8684
8685 The info script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
8686 by writing in to file descriptor 3 (see below for an
8687 example).
8688
8689 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
8690 writing the next volume.
8691
8692 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8693 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8694 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8695 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8696 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8697 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8698 never required for real, as far as we know.
8699
8700 @cindex Volume number file
8701 @cindex volno file
8702 @anchor{volno-file}
8703 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8704 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8705 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8706 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8707 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8708 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8709 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8710 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8711 the prompt.)
8712
8713 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
8714 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
8715 can give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options. In this case
8716 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
8717 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
8718 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
8719 the info script). Secondly, you can use the @samp{n} response to the
8720 tape-change prompt, and, finally, you can use an info script, that
8721 writes new archive name to file descriptor. The following example
8722 illustrates this approach:
8723
8724 @smallexample
8725 @group
8726 #! /bin/sh
8727 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
8728
8729 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
8730 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
8731 -c) ;;
8732 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
8733 ;;
8734 *) exit 1
8735 esac
8736
8737 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&3
8738 @end group
8739 @end smallexample
8740
8741 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8742 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8743 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8744 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8745 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8746 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8747 the file begins.
8748
8749 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8750 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8751 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8752 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8753
8754 @smallexample
8755 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8756 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8757 @end smallexample
8758
8759 @menu
8760 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8761 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8762 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8763
8764 @end menu
8765
8766 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8767 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8768 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8769 @UNREVISED
8770
8771 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8772 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8773 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8774 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8775 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8776 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8777
8778 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8779 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8780 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8781 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8782 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8783 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8784
8785 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8786 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8787 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8788 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8789 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8790 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8791
8792 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8793 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8794 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8795 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8796 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8797 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8798 information about extracting archives.
8799
8800 @value{op-info-script} (@pxref{info-script}) is like
8801 @value{op-multi-volume}, except that @command{tar} does not prompt you
8802 directly to change media volumes when a volume is full---instead,
8803 @command{tar} runs commands you have stored in @var{script-name}. For
8804 example, this option can be used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast
8805 messages such as @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when
8806 performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name} is done,
8807 @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8808
8809 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8810 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8811 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8812 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8813
8814 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8815 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8816 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8817 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8818 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8819
8820 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8821 @FIXME{example}
8822
8823 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8824 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8825
8826 @table @option
8827 @item --multi-volume
8828 @itemx -M
8829 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8830 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8831 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8832 operation.
8833
8834 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8835 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8836 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8837 @value{op-create}. @xref{info-script}, dor a detailed discussion.
8838 @end table
8839
8840 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8841 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8842 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8843 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8844 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8845 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8846 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8847 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8848 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8849 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8850 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8851 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8852
8853 @node Tape Files
8854 @subsection Tape Files
8855 @UNREVISED
8856
8857 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8858 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8859 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8860 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8861 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8862 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8863 volume label will have
8864 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8865 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8866 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8867 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8868
8869 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8870 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8871 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8872 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8873 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8874 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8875 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8876
8877 People seem to often do:
8878
8879 @smallexample
8880 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8881 @end smallexample
8882
8883 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8884
8885 @node Tarcat
8886 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8887
8888 @pindex tarcat
8889 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
8890 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
8891 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
8892 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
8893 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
8894
8895 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
8896 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
8897
8898 @smallexample
8899 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
8900 @end smallexample
8901
8902 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
8903 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
8904 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
8905 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
8906 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
8907 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
8908
8909 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
8910
8911 @node label
8912 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8913 @cindex Labeling an archive
8914 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8915 @UNREVISED
8916
8917 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8918 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8919 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8920 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8921 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8922 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8923 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8924
8925 @table @option
8926 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8927 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8928 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8929 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8930 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8931 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8932 operation.
8933 @end table
8934
8935 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8936 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8937 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8938 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8939 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8940 volume archives.}
8941
8942 @cindex Volume label, listing
8943 @cindex Listing volume label
8944 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8945 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8946 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8947
8948 @smallexample
8949 @group
8950 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8951 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8952 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8953 @end group
8954 @end smallexample
8955
8956 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8957 @anchor{--test-label option}
8958 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8959 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8960 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8961 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8962 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8963 devices. For example:
8964
8965 @smallexample
8966 @group
8967 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8968 iamalabel
8969 @end group
8970 @end smallexample
8971
8972 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8973 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8974 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8975 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8976
8977 @smallexample
8978 @group
8979 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8980 @result{} 0
8981 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8982 @result{} 1
8983 @end group
8984 @end smallexample
8985
8986 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8987 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8988 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8989 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8990 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8991 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8992 you will get:
8993
8994 @smallexample
8995 @group
8996 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8997 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8998 @end group
8999 @end smallexample
9000
9001 @noindent
9002 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
9003 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
9004
9005 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
9006 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
9007 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
9008 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
9009 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
9010 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
9011 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
9012 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
9013 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
9014 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
9015 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
9016 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
9017 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
9018 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
9019 of it when the archive is being read.
9020
9021 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
9022 under that name anymore.
9023
9024 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
9025 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
9026 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9027 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9028
9029 @smallexample
9030 @group
9031 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9032 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9033 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9034 @end group
9035 @end smallexample
9036
9037 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9038 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9039 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9040 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9041 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9042 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9043 is usually not the case.
9044
9045 @node verify
9046 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9047 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9048 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9049
9050 @table @option
9051 @item -W
9052 @itemx --verify
9053 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9054 @end table
9055
9056 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9057 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9058 are recorded on the standard error output.
9059
9060 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9061 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9062 cannot be verified.
9063
9064 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9065 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9066 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9067 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9068 it is up to date.
9069
9070 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9071 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
9072 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
9073 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9074 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9075
9076 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9077 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9078 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9079 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9080
9081 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
9082 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
9083 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
9084
9085 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9086 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
9087 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
9088 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9089 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
9090 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9091 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9092 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
9093 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9094 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9095 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9096 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9097
9098 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9099 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9100 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9101 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9102 as long as programming is concerned.
9103
9104 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
9105 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
9106 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
9107 for more information on these operations.
9108
9109 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9110 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9111 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9112 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9113 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9114
9115 @node Write Protection
9116 @section Write Protection
9117
9118 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9119 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9120 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9121 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9122 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9123 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9124
9125 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9126 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9127 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9128 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9129 changeable feature.
9130
9131 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9132 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9133 @include freemanuals.texi
9134
9135 @node Genfile
9136 @appendix Genfile
9137 @include genfile.texi
9138
9139 @node Snapshot Files
9140 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
9141 @include snapshot.texi
9142
9143 @node Copying This Manual
9144 @appendix Copying This Manual
9145
9146 @menu
9147 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9148 @end menu
9149
9150 @include fdl.texi
9151
9152 @node Index
9153 @appendix Index
9154
9155 @printindex cp
9156
9157 @summarycontents
9158 @contents
9159 @bye
9160
9161 @c Local variables:
9162 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9163 @c End:
This page took 0.431967 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.